HBLXT9785EHC.D0SE000 [INTEL]
Ethernet Transceiver, 8-Trnsvr, PQFP208,;
| 型号： | HBLXT9785EHC.D0SE000 |
| 厂家： | 
INTEL |
| 描述： | Ethernet Transceiver, 8-Trnsvr, PQFP208, |
| 文件： | 总228页 (文件大小：3934K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
Intel® LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced
8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Datasheet
The Intel® LXT9785 and LXT9785E are 8-port Fast Ethernet PHY Transceivers supporting
IEEE 802.3 physical layer applications at 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps. These devices provide Serial/
Source Synchronous Serial Media Independent Interfaces (SMII/SS-SMII) and Reduced Media
Independent Interface (RMII) for switching and other independent port applications. The
LXT9785 and LXT9785E are identical except for the IP telephony features included in the
LXT9785E transceiver. The LXT9785E is an enhanced version of the LXT9785 that detects
Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) requiring power from the switch over a CAT5 cable. The
system uses the information collected by the LXT9785E to apply power if the DTE at the far end
requires power over the cable, such as an IP telephone.
Each network port can provide a twisted-pair (TP) or Low-Voltage Positive Emitter Coupled
Logic (LVPECL) interface. The twisted-pair interface supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps
(10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX) Ethernet over twisted-pair. The LVPECL interface supports
100 Mbps (100BASE-FX) Ethernet over fiber-optic media.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides three discrete LED driver outputs for each port. The devices
support both half-duplex and full-duplex operation at 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps and require only a
single 2.5 V power supply.
Applications
Enterprise switches
Storage Area Networks
IP telephony switches
Multi-port Network Interface Cards (NICs)
Product Features
Eight IEEE 802.3-compliant 10BASE-T or
100BASE-TX ports with integrated filters.
100BASE-FX fiber-optic capability on all
ports.
Supports both auto-negotiation systems and
legacy systems without auto-negotiation
capability.
Robust baseline wander correction.
2.5 V operation.
Low power consumption; 250 mW per port
typical.
Configurable through the MDIO port or
external control pins.
JTAG boundary scan.
Multiple RMII or SMII/SS-SMII ports for
independent PHY port operation.
208-pin PQFP: LXT9785HC,
LXT9785EHC, LXT9785HE.
Auto MDI/MDIX crossover capability.
241-ball BGA: LXT9785BC,
LXT9785EBC.
196-ball BGA: LXT9785MBC (includes
DTE detection similar to the LXT9785E)
Proprietary Optimal Signal Processing™
architecture improves SNR by 3 dB over
ideal analog filters.
Optimized for dual-high stacked RJ-45
applications.
MDIO sectionalization into 2x4 or 1x8
configurations.
DTE detection for remote powering
applications (LXT9785E and
LXT9785MBC only).
o
Extended temperature operation of -40 C
o
to +85 C (LXT9785E only).
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH INTEL® PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY
ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN
INTEL'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, INTEL ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND INTEL DISCLAIMS
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR USE OF INTEL PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES
RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. Intel products are not intended for use in medical, life saving, life sustaining, critical control or safety systems, or
in nuclear facility applications.
Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice.
Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked “reserved” or “undefined.” Intel reserves these for
future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them.
The Intel® LXT9785 and Intel® LXT9785E PHY Transceivers may contain design defects or errors known as errata which may cause the product to
deviate from published specifications. Current characterized errata are available on request.
Contact your local Intel sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications and before placing your product order.
Copies of documents which have an ordering number and are referenced in this document, or other Intel literature may be obtained by calling
1-800-548-4725 or by visiting Intel's website at http://www.intel.com.
AnyPoint, AppChoice, BoardWatch, BunnyPeople, CablePort, Celeron, Chips, CT Media, Dialogic, DM3, EtherExpress, ETOX, FlashFile, i386, i486,
i960, iCOMP, InstantIP, Intel, Intel Centrino, Intel logo, Intel386, Intel486, Intel740, IntelDX2, IntelDX4, IntelSX2, Intel Create & Share, Intel GigaBlade,
Intel InBusiness, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Intel NetBurst, Intel NetMerge, Intel NetStructure, Intel Play, Intel Play logo, Intel SingleDriver, Intel
SpeedStep, Intel StrataFlash, Intel TeamStation, Intel Xeon, Intel XScale, IPLink, Itanium, MCS, MMX, MMX logo, Optimizer logo, OverDrive,
Paragon, PC Dads, PC Parents, PDCharm, Pentium, Pentium II Xeon, Pentium III Xeon, Performance at Your Command, RemoteExpress, SmartDie,
Solutions960, Sound Mark, StorageExpress, The Computer Inside., The Journey Inside, TokenExpress, VoiceBrick, VTune, and Xircom are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Copyright © 2004, Intel Corporation
2
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Contents
1.0 Introduction..................................................................................................................................17
1.1
1.2
What You Will Find in This Document ................................................................................17
Related Documents ............................................................................................................17
2.0 Block Diagram .............................................................................................................................18
3.0 Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions........................................................................19
3.1
PQFP Pin Assignments ......................................................................................................19
3.1.1 PQFP Pin Assignments – RMII Configuration .......................................................20
3.1.2 PQFP Pin Assignments – SMII Configuration........................................................25
3.1.3 PQFP Pin Assignments – SS-SMII Configuration..................................................30
PQFP Signal Descriptions ..................................................................................................35
3.2.1 Signal Name Conventions .....................................................................................35
3.2.2 PQFP Signal Descriptions – RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations..................35
BGA23 Ball Assignments....................................................................................................50
3.3.1 RMII BGA23 Ball List .............................................................................................51
3.3.2 SMII BGA23 Ball List .............................................................................................61
3.3.3 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List .......................................................................................71
BGA23 Signal Descriptions ................................................................................................81
3.4.1 Signal Name Conventions .....................................................................................81
3.4.2 Signal Descriptions – RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations.............................81
BGA15 Ball Assignments....................................................................................................98
3.5.1 BGA15 Ball List......................................................................................................99
BGA15 Signal Descriptions ..............................................................................................108
3.6.1 Signal Name Conventions ...................................................................................108
3.6.2 Signal Descriptions – SMII and SS-SMII Configurations .....................................108
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.0 Functional Description..............................................................................................................115
4.1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................115
4.1.1 OSP™ Architecture .............................................................................................115
4.1.2 Comprehensive Functionality ..............................................................................116
4.1.2.1 Sectionalization....................................................................................116
Interface Descriptions.......................................................................................................116
4.2.1 10/100 Network Interface.....................................................................................116
4.2.1.1 Twisted-Pair Interface ..........................................................................117
4.2.1.2 MDI Crossover (MDIX).........................................................................118
4.2.1.3 Fiber Interface......................................................................................118
Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces...................................................................118
4.3.1 Global MII Mode Select .......................................................................................118
4.3.2 Internal Loopback ................................................................................................119
4.3.3 RMII Data Interface..............................................................................................119
4.3.4 Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII) and Source Synchronous-
4.2
4.3
Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII) ....................................................120
4.3.4.1 SMII Interface.......................................................................................120
4.3.4.2 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface ..................120
4.3.5 Configuration Management Interface ..................................................................120
4.3.6 MII Isolate ............................................................................................................120
Datasheet
3
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
4.3.7 MDIO Management Interface ..............................................................................120
4.3.8 MII Sectionalization..............................................................................................122
4.3.9 MII Interrupts........................................................................................................122
4.3.10 Global Hardware Control Interface ......................................................................123
4.3.11 FIFO Initial Fill Values..........................................................................................123
Operating Requirements...................................................................................................124
4.4.1 Power Requirements ...........................................................................................124
4.4.2 Clock/SYNC Requirements .................................................................................124
4.4.2.1 Reference Clock ..................................................................................124
4.4.2.2 TxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only)...............................................................124
4.4.2.3 TxSYNC Signal (SMII/SS-SMII)...........................................................124
4.4.2.4 RxSYNC Signal (SS-SMII only) ...........................................................124
4.4.2.5 RxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only) ..............................................................125
Initialization.......................................................................................................................125
4.5.1 MDIO Control Mode.............................................................................................125
4.5.2 Hardware Control Mode.......................................................................................125
4.5.3 Power-Down Mode ..............................................................................................126
4.5.3.1 Global (Hardware) Power Down ..........................................................127
4.5.3.2 Port (Software) Power Down ...............................................................127
4.5.4 Reset ...................................................................................................................127
4.5.5 Hardware Configuration Settings.........................................................................128
Link Establishment............................................................................................................128
4.6.1 Auto-Negotiation..................................................................................................128
4.6.1.1 Base Page Exchange ..........................................................................128
4.6.1.2 Manual Next Page Exchange ..............................................................129
4.6.1.3 Controlling Auto-Negotiation................................................................129
4.6.1.4 Link Criteria..........................................................................................129
4.6.1.5 Parallel Detection.................................................................................129
4.6.1.6 Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is
4.4
4.5
4.6
Enabled in Forced Speed Mode ..........................................................130
4.7
Serial MII Operation..........................................................................................................130
4.7.1 SMII Reference Clock..........................................................................................134
4.7.2 TxSYNC Pulse (SMII/SS-SMII)............................................................................134
4.7.3 Transmit Data Stream..........................................................................................134
4.7.3.1 Transmit Enable...................................................................................134
4.7.3.2 Transmit Error......................................................................................134
4.7.4 Receive Data Stream...........................................................................................135
4.7.4.1 Carrier Sense.......................................................................................135
4.7.4.2 Receive Data Valid ..............................................................................135
4.7.4.3 Receive Error.......................................................................................135
4.7.4.4 Receive Status Encoding.....................................................................135
4.7.5 Collision ...............................................................................................................135
4.7.6 Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface ..................................136
RMII Operation .................................................................................................................140
4.8.1 RMII Reference Clock..........................................................................................140
4.8.2 Transmit Enable...................................................................................................141
4.8.3 Carrier Sense & Data Valid..................................................................................141
4.8.4 Receive Error.......................................................................................................141
4.8.5 Out-of-Band Signaling .........................................................................................141
4.8.6 4B/5B Coding Operations....................................................................................141
100 Mbps Operation.........................................................................................................144
4.8
4.9
4
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
4.9.1 100BASE-X Network Operations.........................................................................144
4.9.2 100BASE-X Protocol Sublayer Operations..........................................................144
4.9.2.1 PCS Sublayer ......................................................................................144
4.9.3 PMA Sublayer......................................................................................................146
4.9.3.1 Link ......................................................................................................147
4.9.3.2 Link Failure Override............................................................................147
4.9.3.3 Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII) ..........................................................147
4.9.3.4 Carrier Sense (SMII) ............................................................................147
4.9.3.5 Receive Data Valid (SMII)....................................................................147
4.9.3.6 Twisted-Pair PMD Sublayer.................................................................148
4.9.3.7 Fiber PMD Sublayer.............................................................................148
4.10 10 Mbps Operation ...........................................................................................................149
4.10.1 Preamble Handling ..............................................................................................149
4.10.2 Dribble Bits ..........................................................................................................150
4.10.3 Link Test ..............................................................................................................150
4.10.3.1 Link Failure ..........................................................................................150
4.10.4 Jabber..................................................................................................................150
4.11 DTE Discovery Process....................................................................................................151
4.11.1 Definitions ............................................................................................................151
4.11.2 Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY..................................................152
4.11.3 Management Interface and Control .....................................................................152
4.11.4 DTE Discovery Process Flow ..............................................................................153
4.11.5 DTE Discovery Behavior......................................................................................154
4.12 Monitoring Operations ......................................................................................................156
4.12.1 Monitoring Auto-Negotiation ................................................................................156
4.12.2 Per-Port LED Driver Functions ............................................................................156
4.12.3 Out-of-Band Signaling .........................................................................................157
4.12.4 Boundary Scan Interface .....................................................................................158
4.12.5 State Machine......................................................................................................158
4.12.6 Instruction Register..............................................................................................158
4.12.7 Boundary Scan Register......................................................................................158
4.13 Cable Diagnostics Overview.............................................................................................159
4.13.1 Features...............................................................................................................159
4.13.2 Operation .............................................................................................................159
4.13.2.1 Short and Long Cable Testing Requirements......................................159
4.13.2.2 Precision ..............................................................................................159
4.13.3 Implementation Considerations ...........................................................................160
4.13.4 Basic Implementation ..........................................................................................160
4.14 Link Hold-Off Overview.....................................................................................................161
4.14.1 Features...............................................................................................................161
4.14.2 Operation .............................................................................................................162
5.0 Application Information ............................................................................................................164
5.1
5.2
Design Recommendations................................................................................................164
General Design Guidelines...............................................................................................164
5.2.1 Power Supply Filtering.........................................................................................164
5.2.2 Power and Ground Plane Layout Considerations................................................165
5.2.2.1 Chassis Ground ...................................................................................165
5.2.3 MII Terminations ..................................................................................................165
5.2.4 Twisted-Pair Interface..........................................................................................165
5.2.4.1 Magnetic Requirements .......................................................................166
Datasheet
5
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
5.2.5 The Fiber Interface ..............................................................................................166
5.2.6 LED Circuit...........................................................................................................167
Typical Application Circuits...............................................................................................168
5.3
6.0 Test Specifications....................................................................................................................173
7.0 Register Definitions...................................................................................................................199
8.0 Package Specifications.............................................................................................................221
9.0 Ordering Information.................................................................................................................227
Figures
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................18
RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ..............................................................................................20
SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ..............................................................................................25
SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments ........................................................................................30
241-Ball BGA23 Assignments (Top View)..................................................................................50
196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View)..................................................................................98
Interface Signals.......................................................................................................................117
Internal Loopback.....................................................................................................................119
Management Interface Read Frame Structure .........................................................................121
10 Management Interface Write Frame Structure .........................................................................121
11 Port Address Scheme...............................................................................................................122
12 Interrupt Logic...........................................................................................................................123
13 Initialization Sequence..............................................................................................................126
14 Auto-Negotiation Operation ......................................................................................................130
15 Typical SMII Interface...............................................................................................................132
16 Typical SMII Quad Sectionalization..........................................................................................133
17 100 Mbps Serial MII Data Flow ................................................................................................134
18 Serial MII Transmit Synchronization.........................................................................................135
19 Serial MII Receive Synchronization..........................................................................................136
20 Typical SS-SMII Interface.........................................................................................................138
21 Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization....................................................................................139
22 SS-SMII Transmit Timing .........................................................................................................140
23 SS-SMII Receive Timing ..........................................................................................................140
24 RMII Data Flow.........................................................................................................................141
25 Typical RMII Interface...............................................................................................................142
26 Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization..........................................................................................143
27 100BASE-X Frame Format.......................................................................................................144
28 Protocol Sublayers ...................................................................................................................145
29 Typical IP Telephone System Connection................................................................................151
30 Intel® LXT9785E Negotiation Flow Chart .................................................................................155
31 LED Pulse Stretching ...............................................................................................................157
32 RMII Programmable Out-of-Band Signaling .............................................................................157
33 LED Circuit ...............................................................................................................................167
34 Power and Ground Supply Connections ..................................................................................168
35 Typical Twisted-Pair Interface ..................................................................................................169
36 Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver
Interface Circuitry .....................................................................................................................170
37 Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver
Interface Circuitry .....................................................................................................................171
6
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
38 ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator...........................................................172
39 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing........................................................................................178
40 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................179
41 SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing........................................................................................180
42 SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................181
43 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ............................................................................................182
44 SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing ...........................................................................................183
45 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing..................................................................................184
46 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.................................................................................185
47 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing..................................................................................186
48 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.................................................................................187
49 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ......................................................................................188
50 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing .....................................................................................189
51 RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing........................................................................................190
52 RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................191
53 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing........................................................................................192
54 RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing.......................................................................................193
55 RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing ............................................................................................194
56 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing ...........................................................................................195
57 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing...........................................................................196
58 Fast Link Pulse Timing .............................................................................................................196
59 MDIO Write Timing (MDIO Sourced by MAC) ..........................................................................197
60 MDIO Read Timing (MDIO Sourced by PHY)...........................................................................197
61 Power-Up Timing......................................................................................................................198
62 RESET_L Recovery Timing......................................................................................................198
63 PHY Identifier Bit Mapping........................................................................................................203
64 208-Pin PQFP Plastic Package Specification...........................................................................221
65 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specificationss - Top/Side Views (LXT9785BC).............................222
66 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specificationss - Bottom View (LXT9785BC)..................................223
67 196-Ball BGA15 Package Specs - Top/Side Views (LXT9785MBC)........................................224
68 196-Ball BGA15 Package – Bottom View (LXT9785MBC )......................................................225
69 Ordering Information - Sample .................................................................................................228
Tables
1
Signal Type Descriptions............................................................................................................19
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
RMII PQFP Pin List.....................................................................................................................21
SMII PQFP Pin List.....................................................................................................................26
SS-SMII PQFP Pin List...............................................................................................................31
RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP...............................................................................................35
SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP .................................................................................38
SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions – PQFP.................................................................38
SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP ...........................................................................39
MDIO Control Interface Signals – PQFP ....................................................................................40
10 Signal Detect – PQFP.................................................................................................................41
11 Network Interface Signal Descriptions – PQFP..........................................................................41
12 JTAG Test Signal Descriptions – PQFP.....................................................................................42
13 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP ...............................................................................42
14 LED Signal Descriptions – PQFP ...............................................................................................46
15 Power Supply Signal Descriptions – PQFP................................................................................47
Datasheet
7
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
16 Unused/Reserved Pins – PQFP.................................................................................................49
17 Receive FIFO Depth Considerations..........................................................................................49
18 RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name ..................................................51
19 RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location ..................................................56
20 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name...................................................61
21 SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location...................................................66
22 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name.............................................71
23 SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location.............................................76
24 RMII Signal Descriptions – BGA23.............................................................................................81
25 SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions – BGA23...............................................................84
26 SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – BGA23 ...............................................................................84
27 SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – BGA23 .........................................................................85
28 MDIO Control Interface Signals – BGA23 ..................................................................................86
29 Signal Detect – BGA23...............................................................................................................87
30 Network Interface Signal Descriptions – BGA23........................................................................87
31 JTAG Test Signal Descriptions – BGA23 ...................................................................................88
32 Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23 .............................................................................89
33 LED Signal Descriptions – BGA23 .............................................................................................93
34 Power Supply Signal Descriptions – BGA23 ..............................................................................94
35 Unused/Reserved Pins – BGA23 ...............................................................................................96
36 Receive FIFO Depth Configurations...........................................................................................97
37 Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name.........................99
38 Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location
(SMII/SS-SMII) .........................................................................................................................103
39 Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions ............................................................................108
40 MDIX Selection.........................................................................................................................118
41 MII Mode Select........................................................................................................................119
42 Global Hardware Configuration Settings ..................................................................................128
43 SMII Signal Summary...............................................................................................................131
44 RX Status Encoding Bit Definitions ..........................................................................................136
45 SS-SMII ....................................................................................................................................137
46 4B/5B Coding ...........................................................................................................................146
47 Next Page Message #5 Code Word Definitions .......................................................................154
48 BSR Mode of Operation ...........................................................................................................158
49 Supported JTAG Instructions ...................................................................................................158
50 Magnetics Requirements..........................................................................................................166
51 Absolute Maximum Ratings......................................................................................................173
52 Operating Conditions................................................................................................................173
53 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%) ............................................174
54 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%) ............................................175
55 Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics – SD Pins ..................................................................175
56 Required Clock Characteristics ................................................................................................175
57 100BASE-TX Transceiver Characteristics................................................................................176
58 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics................................................................................176
59 10BASE-T Transceiver Characteristics....................................................................................177
60 SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................178
61 SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................179
62 SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................180
63 SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................181
64 SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters.........................................................................182
8
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
65 SMII-10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters..........................................................................183
66 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ..............................................................184
67 SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing.................................................................................185
68 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ..............................................................186
69 SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters .............................................................187
70 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters...................................................................188
71 SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters..................................................................189
72 RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................190
73 RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................191
74 RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters ....................................................................192
75 RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters ...................................................................193
76 RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters.........................................................................194
77 RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters........................................................................195
78 Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters.......................................................196
79 MDIO Timing Parameters.........................................................................................................197
80 Power-Up Timing Parameters ..................................................................................................198
81 RESET_L Recovery Timing Parameters ..................................................................................198
82 Register Set..............................................................................................................................199
83 Control Register (Address 0) ....................................................................................................200
84 Status Register (Address 1)......................................................................................................201
85 PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2) ................................................................................203
86 PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3) ................................................................................203
87 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4).............................................................204
88 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5) ...................................205
89 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6) ...................................................................206
90 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7) ....................................................206
91 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8).................................207
92 Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) ...................................................................207
93 Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)............................................................................209
94 Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12).......................................................................211
95 Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)........................................................................212
96 LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)...................................................................213
97 Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)................................................................214
98 RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19) ....................................................215
99 Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B).............................................................................216
100 Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)...................................................................217
101 Register Bit Map .......................................................................................................................219
102 241-Ball BGA23 Package Dimensions .....................................................................................223
103 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions (LXT9785MBC ) ..........................................................226
104 Product Information ..................................................................................................................227
Datasheet
9
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision History
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Page
Description
1
Modified 196-Ball BGA and DTE Detection bullets under Product Features.
42
Added table note 3 (regarding LINKHOLD) to Table 13 “Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP”.
Added table note 3 (regarding LINKHOLD) to Table 32 “Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions –
BGA23”.
89
51
Modified Table 18 “RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name” through Table 23
“SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location” for ball, type, and reference page
corrections.
227
228
Modified Table 104 “Product Information” [added new packaging information].
Modified Figure 69 “Ordering Information - Sample” [changed Internal Package Designator for B
and E, and added the GD and definition under Intel Package Designator).
Revision Number: 008
Revision Date: April 15, 2004
Page
Description
All
Globally added LEDn_3 to BGA15.
229
Added Figure 68 “Intel® LXT9785MBC 196-Ball BGA15 Package – Bottom View”.
Revision Number: 007
Revision Date: August 28, 2003
(Sheet 1 of 4)
Page
Description
21
22
26
27
31
32
36
40
43
50
Modified Figure 2 “Intel® LXT9785 and Intel® LXT9785E RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments”.
Modified Table 2 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII PQFP Pin List”.
Modified Figure 3 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments”.
Modified Table 3 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII PQFP Pin List”.
Modified Figure 4 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments”.
Modified Table 4 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785 SS-SMII PQFP Pin List”.
Modified Table 5 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP”.
Modified Table 8 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP”.
Modified Table 13 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP”.
Modified Table 16 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Unused/Reserved Pins – PQFP”.
Replaced old Figures 5, 6, and 7 with Figure 5 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E 241-Ball BGA23
Assignments (Top View)”.
51
52
Modified Table 18 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by
Signal Name”.
10
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 007
Revision Date: August 28, 2003
(Sheet 2 of 4)
Page
Description
Modified Table 19 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball
Location”.
57
Modified Table 20 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by
Signal Name”.
62
67
72
77
82
Modified Table 21 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball
Location”
Modified Table 22 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by
Signal Name”.
Modified Table 23 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by
Ball Location”.
Modified Table 23 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by
Ball Location”.
86
90
97
Modified Table 27 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – BGA23”.
Modified Table 32 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23”.
Modified Table 35 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Unused/Reserved Pins – BGA23”.
Added Section 3.5, “BGA15 Ball Assignments” (including Figure 6 “Intel® LXT9785MBC 196-Ball
BGA15 Assignments (Top View)”, Table 37 “Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric
Order by Signal Name” through Table 39 “Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions”.
98
116
117
119
119
120
120
121
Added second paragraph under Section 4.1, “Introduction”.
Added note under Section 4.1.2.1, “Sectionalization”.
Added note under Table 40 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E MDIX Selection”.
Added note under Section 4.3, “Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces”.
Added note to Table 41 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E MII Mode Select”.
Modified/added text under Section 4.3.2, “Internal Loopback”.
Modified text under Section 4.3.6, “MII Isolate”.
Section 4.3.7, “MDIO Management Interface”:
Added note under second paragraph.
Added last paragraph.
121
123
124
125
127
128
128
129
130
Added note under Section 4.3.8, “MII Sectionalization”.
Added new Section 4.3.11, “FIFO Initial Fill Values”
Modified paragraph three under Section 4.4.1, “Power Requirements”.
Added notes under second and last paragraphs under Section 4.5.3, “Power-Down Mode”.
Modified last bullet under Section 4.5.3.1, “Global (Hardware) Power Down”.
Added last paragraph to Section 4.5.4, “Reset”.
Modified Table 42 “Intel® LXT9785/9785E Global Hardware Configuration Settings”.
Change heading and modified last line under Section 4.6.1.2, “Manual Next Page Exchange”.
Section 4.6.1.4, “Link Criteria”:
Changed scrambler to descrambler in first line.
Modified second paragraph.
130
131
Added two new paragraphs.
Added second paragraph under Section 4.6.1.5, “Parallel Detection”.
Datasheet
11
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 007
Revision Date: August 28, 2003
(Sheet 3 of 4)
Page
Description
Modified paragraphs under Section 4.6.1.6, “Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is
Enabled in Forced Speed Mode”.
131
136
141
Changed “1110” to “0101” under Section 4.7.4.3, “Receive Error”.
Added note under first paragraph of Section 4.8, “RMII Operation”
Changed “asynchronously” to “synchronously” in second paragraph under Section 4.9.3.3, “Carrier
Sense/Data Valid (RMII)”.
148
148
149
149
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
Modified last sentence in first paragraph under Section 4.9.3.4, “Carrier Sense (SMII)”.
Modified paragraph under Section 4.9.3.6.3, “Polarity Correction”.
Added note under Section 4.9.3.7, “Fiber PMD Sublayer”.
Added second paragraph under Section 4.9.3.7.1, “Far End Fault Indications”.
Modified/added text under Section 4.10.1, “Preamble Handling”.
Modified text under Section 4.10.4, “Jabber”.
Modified first paragraph under Section 4.11, “DTE Discovery Process”.
Modified Item 1 of Section 4.11.2, “Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY”.
Modified second paragraph under Section 4.11.4, “DTE Discovery Process Flow”.
Added Section 4.11.5, “DTE Discovery Behavior”
Added BGA15 information into first paragraph under Section 4.12.2, “Per-Port LED Driver
Functions”.
157
158
Added last sentence to first paragraph and note under first paragraph under Section 4.12.3, “Out-of-
Band Signaling”.
160
161
162
173
176
Added Section 4.13, “Cable Diagnostics Overview”.
Modified/added text under Section 4.13.3, “Implementation Considerations”.
Added Section 4.14, “Link Hold-Off Overview”.
Modified Table 52 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Operating Conditions”
Modified Table 58 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics”
Added note to Table 60 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
Parameters” through Table 77 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing
Parameters”.
178-
195
Added table note to Table 60 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
Parameters”.
178
184
190
198
Added table note to Table 66 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
Parameters”.
Added table note to Table 72 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
Parameters”
Added software power-down and note to Table 80 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Power-Up Timing
Parameters”.
199
199
200
201
Modified paragraphs and added last paragraph under Section 7.0, “Register Definitions”.
Modified Table 82 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Register Set”.
Modified Table 83 “Control Register (Address 0)”.
Modified Table 84 “Status Register (Address 1)”.
12
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 007
Revision Date: August 28, 2003
(Sheet 4 of 4)
Page
Description
203
203
204
205
206
206
206
207
209
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
219
226
227
Modified Table 85 “PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2)”.
Modified Table 86 “PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3)”
Modified Table 87 “Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)”
Modified Table 88 “Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5)”.
Modified Table 89 “Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6)”.
Modified Table 90 “Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7)”.
Modified Table 91 “Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8)”.
Modified Table 92 “Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)”. (Register bits 16.6, 16.4:3)
Modified Table 93 “Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)”. (Register bit 17.8)
Modified Table 94 “Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)”
Modified Table 95 “Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)”
Modified Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)”
Modified Table 97 “Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)”.
Modified Table 98 “RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)”.
Modified Table 99 “Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)”. (Register bit 27.6)
Added Table 100 “Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)”.
Modified Table 101 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Register Bit Map”.
Added Figure 102 “Intel® LXT9785MBC 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions”
Modified table and figure under Section 9.0, “Ordering Information”.
Revision Number: 006 (INTERNAL RELEASE)
Revision Date: June 10, 2003
(Sheet 1 of 3)
Page
Description
Changed "pseudo-ECL (PECL)" to "Low Voltage Positive Emitter Coupled Logic (LVPECL)" in the
second paragraph, front page.
1
Modified Table 5 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP”. Added last
sentence to RXER0 through RXER7 signal description.
36
42
42
Modified Table 10 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Signal Detect – PQFP”.
Modified Table 11 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Network Interface Signal Descriptions – PQFP”,
Modified Table 13 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP”. Added
note to PREASEL signal description.
43
Modified Section 4.1, “Introduction”. Changed "Pseudo-ECL (PECL)" to "Low Voltage PECL
(LVPECL)" in the first paragraph, second sentence.
116
119
120
130
Replace text under Section 4.2.1.3, “Fiber Interface”.
Modified Section 4.3.2, “Internal Loopback”.
Modified last sentence under Section 4.6.1.4, “Link Criteria”.
Datasheet
13
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 006 (INTERNAL RELEASE)
Revision Date: June 10, 2003
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Page
Description
131
136
Modified text under Section 4.6.1.5, “Parallel Detection”. Added second paragraph.
Modified text under Section 4.7.4.3, “Receive Error”.
Changed "PECL" to "LVPECL in third paragraph, first sentence under Section 4.9.1, “100BASE-X
Network Operations”.
145
146
148
Modified Figure 28 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Protocol Sublayers”.
Modified Section 4.9.3.3, “Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII)”. Changed “asynchronously to
“synchronously.”
148
149
149
150
151
152
153
158
166
Modified text under Section 4.9.3.4, “Carrier Sense (SMII)”. Revised last sentence in first paragraph.
Modified paragraph under Section 4.9.3.6.3, “Polarity Correction”.
Replaced text under Section 4.9.3.7, “Fiber PMD Sublayer”.
Modified Section 4.10.1, “Preamble Handling”. Added text to last paragraph.
Modified first sentence under Section 4.10.4, “Jabber”.
Modified first paragraph of Section 4.11, “DTE Discovery Process”.
Modified Item 1 of Section 4.11.2, “Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY”.
Modified Section 4.12.3, “Out-of-Band Signaling”. Added sentence to end of first paragraph.
Replaced text under Section 5.2.5, “The Fiber Interface”.
Replaced Figure 36 “Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver
Interface Circuitry”.
170
Replaced Figure 37 “Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface
Circuitry”.
171
173
174
Modified Table 52 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Operating Conditions”.
Modified Table 53 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5
V +/- 5%)”.
Modified Table 54 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3
V +/- 5%)”.
175
175
176
200
201
204
205
207
207
209
211
Added Table 55 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics – SD Pins”.
Modified Table 58 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics”.
Modified Table 83 “Control Register (Address 0)”.
Modified Table 84 “Status Register (Address 1)”.
Modified Table 87 “Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)”.
Modified Table 88 “Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5)”.
Modified Table 91 “Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8)”.
Modified Table 92 “Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)”.
Modified Table 93 “Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)”.
Modified Table 94 “Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)”
Modified Table 95 “Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)”. Changed all references of RO/
SC to R/LH.
212
214
Modified Table 97 “Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)”.
14
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 006 (INTERNAL RELEASE)
Revision Date: June 10, 2003
(Sheet 3 of 3)
Page
Description
Modified Table 98 “RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)”. Added note to
Register bit 25.0.
215
216
227
Modified Table 99 “Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)”.
Modified Table 103 “Product Information”.
Revision Number: 005
Revision Date: January 2002
Page
Description
1
Added bullet to Product Features
Modified Table 12 “Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions” (Added
FIFOSEL1 and FIFOSEL0)
49
70
Added Section 2.6.1.6, “Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced
Speed Mode”
Modified Figure 38 “Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver
Interface Circuitry”
109
110
Added Figure 39 “Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface
Circuitry”
111
112
112
Added Figure 40 “ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator”
Modified Table 28 “Absolute Maximum Ratings”
Modified Table 29 “Operating Conditions”
Modified Table 31 “Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%)”(Output low
voltage SD pins - Max)
114
129
131
133
Modified Figure 53 “RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing” and Table 49 “RMII - 100BASE-TX
Receive Timing Parameters”
Modified Figure 55 “RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing” and Table 51 “RMII - 100BASE-FX
Receive Timing Parameters”
Modified Figure 57 “RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing” and Table 53 “RMII - 10BASE-T Receive
Timing Parameters”
146
148
168
Modified Table 69 “Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)” (Bits 16.5 and 16.6)
Modified Table 71 “Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)”
Added product ordering table and diagram.
Revision Number: 003
Revision Date: April 2001
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page
Description
1
Modified and added new language to front page.
Reset: Modified language in first paragraph.
61
85
93
Added new section on DTE discovery.
Supported JTAG Instructions table: replaced long hit streams with hex.
Datasheet
15
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
Contents
Revision Number: 003
Revision Date: April 2001
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page
Description
97
97
99
LED Circuit: Modified paragraph language.
LED Circuit diagram: Modified diagram.
Replaced Typical Fiber Interface diagram.
Required Clock Characteristics table: Replaced SMII Input frequency and RMII Input frequency
symbol with “f”.
102
122
126
128
128
131
133
140
141
Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters: FLP burst width under Typ = 2.
Control Register table: Modified table and table notes.
PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3): Modified table.
PHY Identifier Bit Mapping: Modified diagram.
Auto-Negotiation Expansion: Modified table and table notes.
Port Configuration Register table: Modified table and table notes.
Trim Enable Register: Modified table (DTE Discovery).
Modified Register Bit Map table.
16
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
1.0
Introduction
This document contains information on the Intel® LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-port
10/100 Mbps Fast Ethernet transceivers.
1.1
What You Will Find in This Document
This document contains the following sections:
• Section 3.0, “Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions” on page 19
This section contains pin/ball assignments and signal descriptions for the following:
— Section 3.1, “PQFP Pin Assignments” on page 19
— Section 3.2, “PQFP Signal Descriptions” on page 35
— Section 3.3, “BGA23 Ball Assignments” on page 50
— Section 3.4, “BGA23 Signal Descriptions” on page 81
— Section 3.5, “BGA15 Ball Assignments” on page 98
— Section 3.6, “BGA15 Signal Descriptions” on page 108
• Section 4.0, “Functional Description” on page 115
• Section 5.0, “Application Information” on page 164
• Section 6.0, “Test Specifications” on page 173
• Section 7.0, “Register Definitions” on page 199
• Section 8.0, “Package Specifications” on page 221
• Section 9.0, “Ordering Information” on page 227
1.2
Related Documents
Document
Number
Document
Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Design and Layout Guide
Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Specification Update
249509
249357
Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E 100BASE-FX Fiber Optic Transceivers: Connecting a PECL/
LVPECL Interface
250781
249611
IP Telephony and DTE Discovery Using Intel Ethernet® PHYs
Datasheet
17
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
2.0
Block Diagram
Figure 1 provides the LXT9785/LXT9785E block diagram.
Figure 1. Block Diagram
8-Port Global
Functions
RMII/SMII Contr
ADD_[4:0]
Management /
Mode Select
Logic & LED
Drivers
RESET_L
MDIO
MDC
PWRDN
2
2
2
Clock
Generator
REFCLK
SYNC (SMII only)
MDINT_L
Register Set
Manchester
Encoder
+
10
TP
Driver
Pulse
Shaper
TxDatan
TP /
Fiber
Out
TPFOPn
TPFONn
Parallel/Serial
Converter
Scrambler
& Encoder
100
-
+
ECL
Driver
Auto
Negotiation
Mgmt
Counters
-
Fiber
selectn
Register Set
+
Media
Select
Clock Generator
Adaptive EQ with BL
Wander Cancellation
100TX
100FX
10BT
Port LED
Drivers
-
3
LEDn_[3:1]_L
RxDatan
+
Manchester
Decoder
TPFIPn
TPFINn
TP /
Fiber In
Serial to
Parallel
Converter
10
Slicer
-
Decoder &
Descrambler
100
Carrier Sense
Data Valid
+
Error Detect
-
Per-Port Functions
PORT 0
PORT 1
PORT 2
PORT 3
PORT 4
PORT 5
PORT 6
PORT 7
B3368-01
18
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.0
Pin/Ball Assignments and Signal Descriptions
3.1
PQFP Pin Assignments
The following sections show PQFP pin assignments and signal descriptions:
• Section 3.1.1, “PQFP Pin Assignments – RMII Configuration” on page 20
• Section 3.1.2, “PQFP Pin Assignments – SMII Configuration” on page 25
• Section 3.1.3, “PQFP Pin Assignments – SS-SMII Configuration” on page 30
Table 1 lists the acronyms and descriptions for signal types.
Table 1. Signal Type Descriptions
Acronym
Description
AI
Analog Input
AO
I
Analog Output
Input
O
Output
OD
ST
TS
SL
IP
Open Drain Output
Schmitt Triggered Input
Three-State-able Output
Slew-rate Limited Output
Weak Internal Pull-Up
Weak Internal Pull-Down
ID
Datasheet
19
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.1.1
PQFP Pin Assignments – RMII Configuration
Figure 2 and Table 2, “RMII PQFP Pin List” on page 21 provide LXT9785/LXT9785 RMII PQFP
pin assignments.
Figure 2. RMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments
CRS_DV6.....1
RxER6/LINKHOLD.....2
TxEN6.....3
156....... TPFIN7
155....... GNDR7
154....... TPFOP7
153....... TPFON7
152....... VCCT6/7
151....... TPFON6
150....... TPFOP6
149....... GNDR6
148....... GNDT6/7
147....... TPFIN6
146....... TPFIP6
145....... VCCR6
144....... VCCR5
143....... TPFIP5
142....... TPFIN5
141....... GNDR5
140....... TPFOP5
139....... TPFON5
138....... VCCT4/5
137....... TPFON4
136....... TPFOP4
135....... GNDR4
134....... GNDT4/5
133....... TPFIN4
132....... TPFIP4
131....... VCCR4
130....... VCCR3
129....... TPFIP3
128....... TPFIN3
127....... GNDT2/3
126....... GNDR3
125....... TPFOP3
124....... TPFON3
123....... VCCT2/3
122....... TPFON2
121....... TPFOP2
120....... GNDR2
119....... TPFIN2
118....... TPFIP2
117....... VCCR2
116....... VCCR1
115....... TPFIP1
114....... TPFIN1
113....... GNDT0/1
112....... GNDR1
111....... TPFOP1
110....... TPFON1
109....... VCCT0/1
108....... TPFON0
107....... TPFOP0
106....... GNDR0
105....... TPFIN0
TxData6_0.....4
TxData6_1.....5
REFCLK1.....6
RxData5_1 .....7
RxData5_0 .....8
GNDIO .....9
CRS_DV5.....10
RxER5/FIFOSEL1......11
TxEN5.....12
TxData5_0.....13
TxData5_1.....14
RxData4_1 .....15
RxData4_0 .....16
CRS_DV4.....17
VCCIO .....18
GNDIO .....19
RxER4/FIFOSEL0.....20
TxEN4.....21
TxData4_0.....22
TxData4_1.....23
MDC1 .....24
MDIO1.....25
MDINT1_L .....26
RxData3_1 .....27
RxData3_0 .....28
VCCIO .....29
GNDIO .....30
CRS_DV3.....31
RxER3.....32
Part #
LOT #
FPO #
LXT9785/9785E XX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
Rev #
TxEN3.....33
TxData3_0.....34
TxData3_1.....35
RxData2_1 .....36
RxData2_0 .....37
GNDIO .....38
CRS_DV2.....39
RxER2/PREASEL.....40
TxEN2.....41
TxData2_0.....42
TxData2_1.....43
REFCLK0.....44
RxData1_1 .....45
RxData1_0 .....46
VCCIO .....47
GNDIO .....48
CRS_DV1.....49
RxER1/PAUSE .....50
TxEN1.....51
TxData1_0.....52
20
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 2. RMII PQFP Pin List
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type
Pin Symbol
Type
O, TS,
SL
29 VCCIO
30 GNDIO
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
1
2
CRS_DV6
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
RxER6/
LINKHOLD
O, TS,
SL
31 CRS_DV3
32 RxER3
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 13 on
page 42
O, TS,
SL, ID
3
4
5
6
TxEN6
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
TxData6_0
TxData6_1
REFCLK1
33 TxEN3
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
34 TxData3_0
35 TxData3_1
O, TS,
ID
O, TS,
ID
7
RxData5_1
Table 5 (page 35)
36 RxData2_1
Table 5 (page 35)
8
9
RxData5_0
GNDIO
O, TS
–
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
37 RxData2_0
38 GNDIO
O, TS
–
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
O, TS,
SL
O, TS,
SL
10 CRS_DV5
Table 5 (page 35)
39 CRS_DV2
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
RxER5 /
11
RxER2
40
Table 13 on
page 42
FIFOSEL1
Table 13 on
page 42
(PREASEL)
12 TxEN5
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
41 TxEN2
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
13 TxData5_0
14 TxData5_1
42 TxData2_0
43 TxData2_1
44 REFCLK0
O,
TS,ID
15 RxData4_1
16 RxData4_0
17 CRS_DV4
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
ID
45 RxData1_1
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS
O, TS,
SL
46 RxData1_0
47 VCCIO
O, TS
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
–
–
18 VCCIO
19 GNDIO
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 5 (page 35)
48 GNDIO
O, TS,
SL
49 CRS_DV1
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
RxER4 /
20
Table 13 on
page 42
FIFOSEL0
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
RxER1/
50
PAUSE
21 TxEN4
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
22 TxData4_0
23 TxData4_1
24 MDC1
51 TxEN1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
52 TxData1_0
53 TxData1_1
I, ST, ID Table 8 (page 39)
I/O, TS,
O, TS,
ID
25 MDIO1
Table 8 (page 39)
SL, IP
54 RxData0_1
Table 5 (page 35)
OD, TS,
55 RxData0_0
56 VCCIO
O, TS
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
26 MDINT1_L
Table 8 (page 39)
SL, IP
–
–
O, TS,
27 RxData3_1
28 RxData3_0
Table 5 (page 35)
ID
57 GNDIO
O, TS,
SL
O, TS
Table 5 (page 35)
58 CRS_DV0
Table 5 (page 35)
Datasheet
21
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type
Pin Symbol
Type
O, TS,
SL, ID,
I, ST
87 CFG_1
88 ADD_4
89 ADD_3
90 ADD_2
91 ADD_1
92 ADD_0
93 TxSLEW_1
94 TxSLEW_0
95 SD_2P5V
96 SD0
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 10 (page 41)
RxER0/
59
Table 5 (page 35)
MDIX
60
61
62
63
TxEN0
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
TxData0_0
TxData0_1
MDC0
I, ST, ID Table 8 (page 39)
I/O, TS,
64
MDIO0
Table 8 (page 39)
SL, IP
65
66
VCCD
GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
I
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
97 SD1
I
67
68
69
70
71
72
MDINT0_L
LED3_3_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_1_L
LED2_3_L
LED2_2_L
Table 8 (page 39)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
98 VCCPECL
99 GNDPECL
100 SD2
–
OD, TS,
SO, IP
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I
101 SD3
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
102 NC
–
103 VCCR0
104 TPFIP0
105 TPFIN0
106 GNDR0
107 TPFOP0
108 TPFON0
109 VCCT0/1
110 TPFON1
111 TPFOP1
112 GNDR1
113 GNDT0/1
114 TPFIN1
115 TPFIP1
116 VCCR1
117 VCCR2
118 TPFIP2
119 TPFIN2
120 GNDR2
121 TPFOP2
122 TPFON2
123 VCCT2/3
124 TPFON3
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
73
74
75
LED2_1_L
GNDIO
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED1_3_L
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
76
77
LED1_2_L
LED1_1_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
78
79
VCCD
GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
80
81
82
LED0_3_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_1_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
83
84
85
86
AMDIX_EN
MDDIS
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
CFG_3
CFG_2
AO/AI
22
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type
Pin Symbol
Type
125 TPFOP3
126 GNDR3
127 GNDT2/3
128 TPFIN3
129 TPFIP3
130 VCCR3
131 VCCR4
132 TPFIP4
133 TPFIN4
134 GNDT4/5
135 GNDR4
136 TPFOP4
137 TPFON4
138 VCCT4/5
139 TPFON5
140 TPFOP5
141 GNDR5
142 TPFIN5
143 TPFIP5
144 VCCR5
145 VCCR6
146 TPFIP6
147 TPFIN6
148 GNDT6/7
149 GNDR6
150 TPFOP6
151 TPFON6
152 VCCT6/7
153 TPFON7
154 TPFOP7
155 GNDR7
156 TPFIN7
157 TPFIP7
158 VCCR7
159 NC
AO/AI
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
163 GNDPECL
164 VCCPECL
165 SD6
–
–
I
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
–
–
AO/AI
166 SD7
I
AO/AI
167 TDI
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
O, TS Table 12 (page 42)
–
168 TDO
–
169 TMS
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
AO/AI
170 TCK
AO/AI
171 TRST_L
172 NC
–
–
Table 17 (page 49)
–
173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
AO/AI
174 PWRDWN
175 RESET_L
176 SECTION
177 ModeSel0
178 ModeSel1
179 SGND
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
180 LED4_1_L
181 LED4_2_L
182 LED4_3_L
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AO/AI
183 GNDD
184 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
185 LED5_1_L
186 LED5_2_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
187 LED5_3_L
188 GNDIO
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
189 LED6_1_L
–
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
190 LED6_2_L
191 LED6_3_L
192 LED7_1_L
193 LED7_2_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
–
–
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
160 NC
161 SD4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
162 SD5
I
Datasheet
23
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type
OD, TS,
SL, IP
194 LED7_3_L
Table 5 (page 35)
195 GNDD
196 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
O, TS,
ID
197 RxData7_1
Table 5 (page 35)
198 RxData7_0
199 GNDIO
O, TS
–
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
O, TS,
SL
200 CRS_DV7
201 RxER7
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
O, TS,
SL, ID
202 TxEN7
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 5 (page 35)
203 TxData7_0
204 TxData7_1
O, TS,
ID
205 RxData6_1
Table 5 (page 35)
206 RxData6_0
207 GNDIO
208 VCCIO
O, TS
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
–
–
24
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.1.2
PQFP Pin Assignments – SMII Configuration
Figure 3 and Table 3, “SMII PQFP Pin List” on page 26 provide the LXT9785/LXT9785E SMII
PQFP pin assignments.
Figure 3. SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments
NC..... 1
NC/LINKHOLD..... 2
NC..... 3
156 .......TPFIN7
155 .......GNDR7
154 .......TPFOP7
153 .......TPFON7
152 .......VCCT6/7
151 .......TPFON6
150 .......TPFOP6
149 .......GNDR6
148 .......GNDT6/7
147 .......TPFIN6
146 .......TPFIP6
145 .......VCCR6
144 .......VCCR5
143 .......TPFIP5
142 .......TPFIN5
141 .......GNDR5
140 .......TPFOP5
139 .......TPFON5
138 .......VCCT4/5
137 .......TPFON4
136 .......TPFOP4
135 .......GNDR4
134 .......GNDT4/5
133 .......TPFIN4
132 .......TPFIP4
131 .......VCCR4
130 .......VCCR3
129 .......TPFIP3
128 .......TPFIN3
127 .......GNDT2/3
126 .......GNDR3
125 .......TPFOP3
124 .......TPFON3
123 .......VCCT2/3
122 .......TPFON2
121 .......TPFOP2
120 .......GNDR2
119 .......TPFIN2
118 .......TPFIP2
117 .......VCCR2
116 .......VCCR1
115 .......TPFIP1
114 .......TPFIN1
113 .......GNDT0/1
112 .......GNDR1
111 .......TPFOP1
110 .......TPFON1
109 .......VCCT0/1
108 .......TPFON0
107 .......TPFOP0
106 .......GNDR0
105 .......TPFIN0
TxData6..... 4
NC..... 5
REFCLK1..... 6
NC..... 7
RxData5..... 8
GNDIO..... 9
NC..... 10
FIFOSEL1..... 11
NC..... 12
TxData5..... 13
NC..... 14
NC..... 15
RxData4..... 16
NC..... 17
VCCIO ..... 18
GNDIO..... 19
FIFOSEL0..... 20
NC..... 21
TxData4..... 22
NC..... 23
MDC1..... 24
MDIO1..... 25
MDINT1_L..... 26
NC..... 27
RxData3..... 28
Rev #
Part #
LOT #
FPO #
LXT9785/9785E XX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
VCCIO ..... 29
GNDIO..... 30
NC..... 31
NC..... 32
NC..... 33
TxData3..... 34
SYNC0..... 35
NC..... 36
RxData2..... 37
GNDIO..... 38
NC..... 39
PREASEL..... 40
NC..... 41
TxData2..... 42
NC..... 43
REFCLK0..... 44
NC..... 45
RxData1..... 46
VCCIO ..... 47
GNDIO..... 48
NC..... 49
PAUSE..... 50
NC..... 51
TxData1..... 52
Datasheet
25
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 3. SMII PQFP Pin List
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
1
2
NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
34
35
36
37
38
39
TxData3
SYNC0
NC
I, ID
I, ID
–
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 7 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
–
NC/
LINKHOLD
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 13 (page 42)
I, ID,
3
4
NC
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 16 (page 49)
RxData2
GNDIO
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
TxData6
NC
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
5
6
REFCLK1
NC
I
I, ID,
ST
40
PREASEL
Table 13 (page 42)
7
–
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
NC
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 16 (page 49)
8
RxData5
GNDIO
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
TxData2
NC
9
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
10
REFCLK0
NC
I
I, ID,
ST
11
FIFOSEL1
Table 13 (page 42)
–
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
NC
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
RxData1
VCCIO
GNDIO
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
TxData5
NC
–
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
NC
–
RxData4
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
I, ID,
ST
50
PAUSE
Table 13 (page 42)
–
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
NC
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
VCCIO
GNDIO
TxData1
NC
I, ID,
ST
Table 13 on
page 42
20
FIFOSEL0
NC
–
21
22
23
24
NC
I, ID
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
RxData0
VCCIO
GNDIO
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
TxData4
NC
–
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
MDC1
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
I/O, TS,
I, ID,
ST
25
26
MDIO1
Table 9 (page 40)
SL, IP
59
MDIX
Table 13 (page 42)
OD,
60
61
62
63
NC
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
MDINT1_L
TS, SL, Table 9 (page 40)
IP
TxData0
NC
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
RxData3
VCCIO
GNDIO
NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
MDC0
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
–
–
–
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
I/O,TS,
64
MDIO0
Table 9 (page 40)
SL, IP
65
66
VCCD
GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
NC
OD,
NC
67
MDINT0_L
TS, SL, Table 9 (page 40)
IP
26
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
OD,
TS,
SO, IP
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
ADD_0
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 10 (page 41)
68
69
70
71
72
LED3_3_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_1_L
LED2_3_L
LED2_2_L
Table 14 (page 46)
TxSLEW_1
TxSLEW_0
SD_2P5V
SD0
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
I
I
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
SD1
VCCPECL
GNDPECL
–
–
I
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
100 SD2
OD,
101 SD3
I
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
102 NC
–
–
OD,
103 VCCR0
104 TPFIP0
105 TPFIN0
106 GNDR0
107 TPFOP0
108 TPFON0
109 VCCT0/1
110 TPFON1
111 TPFOP1
112 GNDR1
113 GNDT0/1
114 TPFIN1
115 TPFIP1
116 VCCR1
117 VCCR2
118 TPFIP2
119 TPFIN2
120 GNDR2
121 TPFOP2
122 TPFON2
123 VCCT2/3
124 TPFON3
125 TPFOP3
126 GNDR3
127 GNDT2/3
128 TPFIN3
129 TPFIP3
73
74
75
LED2_1_L
GNDIO
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
LED1_3_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
76
77
LED1_2_L
LED1_1_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
78
79
VCCD
GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
80
81
82
LED0_3_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_1_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
AMDIX_EN
MDDIS
CFG_3
CFG_2
CFG_1
ADD_4
ADD_3
ADD_2
ADD_1
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 8 (page 39)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
Datasheet
27
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
130 VCCR3
131 VCCR4
132 TPFIP4
133 TPFIN4
134 GNDT4/5
135 GNDR4
136 TPFOP4
137 TPFON4
138 VCCT4/5
139 TPFON5
140 TPFOP5
141 GNDR5
142 TPFIN5
143 TPFIP5
144 VCCR5
145 VCCR6
146 TPFIP6
147 TPFIN6
148 GNDT6/7
149 GNDR6
150 TPFOP6
151 TPFON6
152 VCCT6/7
153 TPFON7
154 TPFOP7
155 GNDR7
156 TPFIN7
157 TPFIP7
158 VCCR7
159 NC
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
168 TDO
169 TMS
170 TCK
171 TRST_L
172 NC
O, TS Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
–
Table 17 (page 49)
173 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
174 PWRDWN
175 RESET_L
176 Section
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
177 ModeSel0
178 ModeSel1
179 SGND
–
Table 15 (page 47)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
180 LED4_1_L
181 LED4_2_L
182 LED4_3_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
183 GNDD
184 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
OD,
185 LED5_1_L
186 LED5_2_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
AO/AI Table 11 (page 41)
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
–
Table 15 (page 47)
OD,
187 LED5_3_L
188 GNDIO
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
AI/AO Table 11 (page 41)
–
Table 15 (page 47)
–
–
–
I
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 17 (page 49)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
OD,
189 LED6_1_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
160 NC
OD,
161 SD4
190 LED6_2_L
191 LED6_3_L
192 LED7_1_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
162 SD5
I
OD,
163 GNDPECL
164 VCCPECL
165 SD6
–
–
I
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
OD,
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
166 SD7
I
167 TDI
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
28
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
OD,
193 LED7_2_L
194 LED7_3_L
TS, SL, Table 14 (page 46)
IP
OD,
TS, SL, Table 5 (page 35)
IP
195 GNDD
196 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
O, TS,
ID
197 NC
Table 16 (page 49)
198 RxData7
199 GNDIO
200 NC
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 5 (page 35)
Table 16 (page 49)
201 NC
–
202 NC
–
203 TxData7
204 SYNC1
205 NC
I, ID
I, ID
–
206 RxData6
207 GNDIO
208 VCCIO
O, TS Table 6 (page 38)
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Datasheet
29
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.1.3
PQFP Pin Assignments – SS-SMII Configuration
Figure 4 and Table 4, “SS-SMII PQFP Pin List” on page 31 provide the LXT9785/LXT9785E SS-
SMII PQFP pin assignments.
Figure 4. SS-SMII 208-Pin PQFP Assignments
NC ..... 1
NC/LINKHOLD ..... 2
NC ..... 3
156....... TPFIN7
155....... GNDR7
154....... TPFOP7
153....... TPFON7
152....... VCCT6/7
151....... TPFON6
150....... TPFOP6
149....... GNDR6
148....... GNDT6/7
147....... TPFIN6
146....... TPFIP6
145....... VCCR6
144....... VCCR5
143....... TPFIP5
142....... TPFIN5
141....... GNDR5
140....... TPFOP5
139....... TPFON5
138....... VCCT4/5
137....... TPFON4
136....... TPFOP4
135....... GNDR4
134....... GNDT4/5
133....... TPFIN4
132....... TPFIP4
131....... VCCR4
130....... VCCR3
129....... TPFIP3
128....... TPFIN3
127....... GNDT2/3
126....... GNDR3
125....... TPFOP3
124....... TPFON3
123....... VCCT2/3
122....... TPFON2
121....... TPFOP2
120....... GNDR2
119....... TPFIN2
118....... TPFIP2
117....... VCCR2
116....... VCCR1
115....... TPFIP1
114....... TPFIN1
113....... GNDT0/1
112....... GNDR1
111....... TPFOP1
110....... TPFON1
109....... VCCT0/1
108....... TPFON0
107....... TPFOP0
106....... GNDR0
105....... TPFIN0
TxData6 ..... 4
NC ..... 5
REFCLK1 ..... 6
RxData5 ..... 7
NC ..... 8
GNDIO ..... 9
NC ..... 10
FIFOSEL1 ..... 11
NC ..... 12
TxData5 ..... 13
NC ..... 14
RxData4 ..... 15
NC ..... 16
RxSYNC1 ..... 17
VCCIO ..... 18
GNDIO ..... 19
FIFOSEL0 ..... 20
RxCLK1 ..... 21
TxData4 ..... 22
NC ..... 23
MDC1 ..... 24
MDIO1 ..... 25
MDINT1_L ..... 26
RxData3 ..... 27
NC ..... 28
VCCIO ..... 29
GNDIO ..... 30
NC ..... 31
TxCLK0 ..... 32
NC ..... 33
TxData3 ..... 34
TxSYNC0 ..... 35
RxData2 ..... 36
NC ..... 37
GNDIO ..... 38
NC ..... 39
PREASEL ..... 40
NC ..... 41
TxData2 ..... 42
NC ..... 43
Rev #
Part #
LOT #
FPO #
LXT9785/9785E XX
XXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
REFCLK0 ..... 44
RxData1 ..... 45
NC ..... 46
VCCIO ..... 47
GNDIO ..... 48
NC ..... 49
PAUSE ..... 50
NC ..... 51
TxData1 ..... 52
30
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 4. SS-SMII PQFP Pin List
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
1
2
NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
33 NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 8 (page 39)
NC/
LINKHOLD
–
I, ID
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 13 (page 42)
34 TxData3
35 TxSYNC0
I, ID
I, ID
3
4
5
6
NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
O, TS,
ID
36 RxData2
Table 8 (page 39)
TxData6
NC
I, ID
I
I
37 NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 13 (page 42)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
REFCLK1
38 GNDIO
39 NC
–
O, TS,
ID
–
I, ST
–
7
RxData5
Table 8 (page 39)
40 PREASEL
41 NC
8
9
NC
–
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
GNDIO
42 TxData2
43 NC
I, ID
–
10 NC
11 FIFOSEL1
12 NC
I, ID, ST Table 13 (page 42)
44 REFCLK0
I
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
O, TS,
ID
45 RxData1
Table 8 (page 39)
13 TxData5
14 NC
46 NC
–
–
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
O, TS,
ID
47 VCCIO
48 GNDIO
49 NC
15 RxData4
16 NC
Table 8 (page 39)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 8 (page 39)
–
O, TS,
ID
17 RxSYNC1
50 PAUSE
51 NC
I, ID, ST Table 13 (page 42)
–
I, ID
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
18 VCCIO
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
52 TxData1
53 NC
19 GNDIO
20 FIFOSEL0
I, ID, ST Table 13 (page 42)
O, TS,
ID
O, TS,
54 RxData0
Table 8 (page 39)
21 RxCLK1
Table 8 (page 39)
ID
55 NC
–
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
22 TxData4
23 NC
I, ID
–
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
56 VCCIO
57 GNDIO
24 MDC1
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
O, TS,
ID
I/O, TS,
58 RxSYNC0
Table 8 (page 39)
25 MDIO1
Table 9 (page 40)
SL, IP
59 MDIX
60 RxCLK0
61 TxData0
62 NC
I, ID, ST Table 13 (page 42)
OD, TS,
26 MDINT1_L
27 RxData3
Table 9 (page 40)
SL, IP
–
I, ID
–
Table 8 (page 39)
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 16 (page 49)
O, TS,
Table 8 (page 39)
ID
28 NC
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 8 (page 39)
63 MDC0
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
29 VCCIO
30 GNDIO
31 NC
I/O, TS,
64 MDIO0
Table 9 (page 40)
SL, IP
–
–
65 VCCD
66 GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
32 TxCLK0
I, ID
Datasheet
31
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
OD, TS,
SL, IP
97 SD1
I
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
67 MDINT0_L
68 LED3_3_L
69 LED3_2_L
70 LED3_1_L
71 LED2_3_L
72 LED2_2_L
Table 9 (page 40)
98 VCCPECL
99 GNDPECL
100 SD2
–
OD, TS,
SO, IP
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
–
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
101 SD3
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
102 NC
–
103 VCCR0
104 TPFIP0
105 TPFIN0
106 GNDR0
107 TPFOP0
108 TPFON0
109 VCCT0/1
110 TPFON1
111 TPFOP1
112 GNDR1
113 GNDT0/1
114 TPFIN1
115 TPFIP1
116 VCCR1
117 VCCR2
118 TPFIP2
119 TPFIN2
120 GNDR2
121 TPFOP2
122 TPFON2
123 VCCT2/3
124 TPFON3
125 TPFOP3
126 GNDR3
127 GNDT2/3
128 TPFIN3
129 TPFIP3
130 VCCR3
131 VCCR4
132 TPFIP4
133 TPFIN4
134 GNDT4/5
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
73 LED2_1_L
74 GNDIO
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
75 LED1_3_L
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
76 LED1_2_L
77 LED1_1_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
78 VCCD
79 GNDD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
80 LED0_3_L
81 LED0_2_L
82 LED0_1_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
83 AMDIX_EN
84 MDDIS
85 CFG_3
86 CFG_2
87 CFG_1
88 ADD_4
89 ADD_3
90 ADD_2
91 ADD_1
92 ADD_0
93 TxSLEW_1
94 TxSLEW_0
95 SD_2P5V
96 SD0
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 9 (page 40)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 10 (page 41)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
–
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
–
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
I
Table 10 (page 41)
32
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
Pin Symbol
Type1
135 GNDR4
136 TPFOP4
137 TPFON4
138 VCCT4/5
139 TPFON5
140 TPFOP5
141 GNDR5
142 TPFIN5
143 TPFIP5
144 VCCR5
145 VCCR6
146 TPFIP6
147 TPFIN6
148 GNDT6/7
149 GNDR6
150 TPFOP6
151 TPFON6
152 VCCT6/7
153 TPFON7
154 TPFOP7
155 GNDR7
156 TPFIN7
157 TPFIP7
158 VCCR7
159 NC
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 11 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 10 (page 41)
Table 10 (page 41)
173 G_FX/TP_L
174 PWRDWN
175 RESET_L
176 SECTION
177 ModeSel0
178 ModeSel1
179 SGND
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 13 (page 42)
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AI/AO
OD, TS,
SL, IP
180 LED4_1_L
181 LED4_2_L
182 LED4_3_L
AI/AO
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AI/AO
183 GNDD
184 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
AI/AO
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
185 LED5_1_L
186 LED5_2_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
AO/AI
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
187 LED5_3_L
188 GNDIO
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 14 (page 46)
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
OD, TS,
SL, IP
189 LED6_1_L
–
AI/AO
OD, TS,
SL, IP
190 LED6_2_L
191 LED6_3_L
192 LED7_1_L
193 LED7_2_L
194 LED7_3_L
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
Table 14 (page 46)
AI/AO
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
–
–
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
160 NC
161 SD4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
162 SD5
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
163 GNDPECL
164 VCCPECL
165 SD6
–
–
I
195 GNDD
196 VCCD
–
–
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
166 SD7
I
O, TS,
ID
197 RxData7
Table 8 (page 39)
167 TDI
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
O, TS Table 12 (page 42)
198 NC
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 8 (page 39)
Table 16 (page 49)
168 TDO
199 GNDIO
200 NC
169 TMS
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, ID Table 12 (page 42)
I, ST, IP Table 12 (page 42)
–
170 TCK
201 TxCLK1
202 NC
I, ID
–
171 TRST_L
172 NC
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Datasheet
33
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Pin Symbol
Type1
203 TxData7
I, ID
I, ID
Table 6 (page 38)
Table 8 (page 39)
204 TxSYNC1
O, TS,
ID
205 RxData6
Table 8 (page 39)
206 NC
–
–
–
Table 16 (page 49)
Table 15 (page 47)
Table 15 (page 47)
207 GNDIO
208 VCCIO
34
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.2
PQFP Signal Descriptions
3.2.1
Signal Name Conventions
Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the
two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows:
• Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the
Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit
Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2.
• Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by
the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set
of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3.
• Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each
signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an
underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Configuration signals
would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and
RxData2_0 and RxData2_1.
3.2.2
PQFP Signal Descriptions – RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations
Table 5 through Table 17, “Receive FIFO Depth Considerations” on page 49 provide PQFP signal
descriptions. Ball designations are included for cross-reference.
Table 5. RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 1 of 3)
Pin-Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Reference Clock.
50 MHz RMII reference clock is always required. RMII
inputs are sampled on the rising edge of REFCLK,
RMII outputs are sourced on the falling edge. See
“Clock/SYNC Requirements” on page 124 for detailed
CLK requirements.
44
6
E6,
E12
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
I
Transmit Data - Port 0.
61
62
E2,
F4
TxData0_0
TxData0_1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 0 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 1.
52
53
C3,
D4
TxData1_0
TxData1_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 1 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK
Transmit Data - Port 2.
42
43
B5
A4
TxData2_0
TxData2_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 2 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
Datasheet
35
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 5. RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 2 of 3)
Pin-Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Transmit Data - Port 3.
34
35
D8,
A6
TxData3_0
TxData3_1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 3 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 4.
22
23
A11,
C10
TxData4_0
TxData4_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 4 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 5.
13
14
B13,
D11
TxData5_0
TxData5_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 5 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 6.
4
5
D13,
A16
TxData6_0
TxData6_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 6 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 7.
203
204
E14,
C16
TxData7_0
TxData7_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 7 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
60
51
41
33
21
12
3
E3,
B2,
C6,
TxEN0
TxEN1
TxEN2
TxEN3
TxEN4
TxEN5
TxEN6
TxEN7
Transmit Enable - Ports 0-7.
A7,
I, ID
Active High input enables respective port transmitter.
This signal must be synchronous to the REFCLK.
B11,
A14,
C14,
D16
202
Receive Data - Port 0.
55
54
C2,
B1
RxData0_0
RxData0_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 1.
46
45
A3,
B4
RxData1_0
RxData1_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 2.
37
36
B6,
C7
RxData2_0
RxData2_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 3.
28
27
D9,
B9
RxData3_0
RxData3_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 4.
16
15
A13,
C12
RxData4_0
RxData4_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 5.
8
7
B14,
B15
RxData5_0
RxData5_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
36
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 5. RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 3 of 3)
Pin-Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Receive Data - Port 6.
206
205
C15,
B17
RxData6_0
RxData6_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 7.
198
197
E16,
F14
RxData7_0
RxData7_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
58
49
39
31
17
10
1
E4,
C4,
A5,
CRS_DV0
CRS_DV1
CRS_DV2
CRS_DV3
CRS_DV4
CRS_DV5
CRS_DV6
CRS_DV7
Carrier Sense/Receive Data Valid - Ports 0-7.
On detection of valid carrier, these signals are
asserted asynchronously with respect to REFCLK.
CRS_DVn is de-asserted on loss of carrier,
synchronous to REFCLK.
B8,
O, TS, SL,
ID
B12,
D12,
B16,
E15
200
Receive Error - Ports 0-7.
These signals are synchronous to the respective
REFCLK. Active High indicates that received code
group is invalid, or that PLL is not locked.
59
50
40
32
20
11
2
D2,
D5,
D7,
RxER0
RxER1
RxER2
RxER3
RxER4
RxER5
RxER6
RxER7
The RxER signals have the following additional
function pins:
C8,
O, TS, SL,
ID
RxER0 (MDIX)
A12,
A15,
A17,
D17
RxER1 (PAUSE)
RxER2 (PREASEL)
RxER4 (FIFOSEL0)
RxER5 (FIFOSEL1)
RxER6 (LINKHOLD)
201
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
Datasheet
37
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 6. SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
PQFP
PBGA
61
52
42
34
22
13
4
E2,
C3,
B5,
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
Transmit Data - Ports 0-7.
D8,
These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to
the network. The LXT9785/9785E clocks the data in
synchronously to REFCLK.
I, ID
A11,
B13,
D13,
E14
203
Reference Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference
clock input. Refer to Functional Description for detailed clock
requirements. REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are always
connected regardless of sectionalization mode.
E6,
44
6
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
I
E12
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
Table 7. SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
SMII Synchronization.
The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK
cycles to synchronize the SMII. SYNC0 is used when 1x8
port sectionalization is selected. SYNC0 and SYNC1 are
to be used when 2x4 port sectionalization is chosen.
35
204
A6,
C16
SYNC0
SYNC1
I, ID
55
46
37
28
16
8
206
198
C2,
A3,
B6,
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
D9,
These serial output streams provide data received from
the network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to REFCLK.
O, TS
A13,
B14,
C15,
E16
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
3. RxData[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and hardware power-down modes and during hardware
reset.
38
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 8. SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization.
35
204
A6,
C16
TxSYNC0
TxSYNC1
The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK
cycles to mark the start of TxData segments. TxSYNC0 is
used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected.
I, ID
SS-SMII Receive Synchronization.
The LXT9785/9785E generates these pulses every 10
RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the
MAC. RxSYNC1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is
selected. RxSYNC0 may not be used. These outputs are
only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled.
RxSYNC0
RxSYNC1
58
17
E4,
B12
O, TS,
ID
SS-SMII Transmit Clock.
The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing
reference for TxData and TxSYNC. Only TxCLK0 is used
when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. See “Clock/
SYNC Requirements” on page 124 for detailed clock
requirements.
32
201
C8,
D17
TxCLK0
TxCLK1
I, ID
SS-SMII Receive Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E generates these clocks, based on
REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and
RxSYNC to the MAC. RxCLK1 is used when 1x8 port
sectionalization is selected. RxCLK0 may not be used. See
“Clock/SYNC Requirements” on page 124 for detailed clock
requirements. These outputs are only enabled when SS-
SMII mode is enabled.
60
21
E3,
B11
RxCLK0
RxCLK1
O, TS,
ID
54
45
36
27
15
7
B1,
B4,
C7,
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
B9,
O, TS,
ID
These serial output streams provide data received from
the network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to REFCLK.
C12,
B15,
B17,
F14
205
197
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7], RxSYNC[0:1], and RxCLK[0:1] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down
modes and during H/W reset.
Datasheet
39
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 9. MDIO Control Interface Signals – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3,4
PQFP
PBGA
Management Data Input/Output.
Bidirectional serial data channel for communication
between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Only
MDIO0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is
selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDIO0
accesses ports 0-3 and MDIO1 accesses ports 4-7.
Refer to Figure 21 on page 139.
64
25
F3,
A10
MDIO0
MDIO1
I/O, TS, SL,
IP
Management Data Interrupt.
When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this
Pin indicates status change. Only MDINT0_L is used
when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port
sectionalization mode, MDINT0_L is associated with
ports 0-3 and MDINT1_L is associated with ports 4-7.
Refer to Figure 21 on page 139.
67
26
F1,
C9
MDINT0_L
MDINT1_L
OD,TS, SL,
IP
Management Data Clock.
Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum
frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port
sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port
sectionalization mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register
accesses and MDC1 clocks ports 4-7 register accesses.
Refer to Figure 21 on page 139.
63
24
E1,
B10
MDC0
MDC1
I, ST, ID
Management Disable.
When MDDIS is tied High, the MDIO port is completely
disabled and the Hardware Control Interface pins set
their respective bits at power up and reset.
When MDDIS is pulled Low at power up or reset, via the
internal pull-down resistor or by tieing it to ground, the
Hardware Control Interface Pins control only the initial
or “default” values of their respective register bits. After
the power-up/reset cycle is complete, bit control reverts
to the MDIO serial channel.
84
L1
MDDIS
I, ST, ID
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. MDIO[0:1] and MDINT[0:1] outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
4. Supports the 802.3 MDIO register set. Specific bits in the registers are referenced using an “X.Y” notation,
where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is the bit number (0-15).
40
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 10. Signal Detect – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Signal Detect 2.5 Volt Interface.
SD input threshold voltage select.
95
P1
SD_2P5V
I, ST, ID
Tie to VCCPECL = Select 2.5 V LVPECL input levels
Float or Tie to GNDPECL = Select 3.3 V LVPECL input
levels
Signal Detect - Ports 0-7.
96
97
P2,
N4,
P3,
SD0
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
SD6
SD7
Signal Detect input from the fiber transceiver (these inputs
are only active for ports operating in fiber mode).
100
101
161
162
165
166
N5,
I
Logic High = Normal operation (the process of searching
for receive idles for the purpose of bringing link up is
initiated)
P15,
P16,
P17,
N17
Logic Low = Link is declared lost
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
3. Tie SD[0:7] inputs to GNDPECL if unused.
Table 11. Network Interface Signal Descriptions – PQFP
Pin/Ball Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description
PQFP
PBGA
Twisted-Pair/Fiber Outputs2, Positive &
Negative, Ports 0-7.
107, 108
111, 110
121, 122
125, 124
136, 137
140, 139
150, 151
154, 153
T2, U1,
T3, R4,
T6, U5,
TPFOP0, TPFON0
TPFOP1, TPFON1
TPFOP2, TPFON2
TPFOP3, TPFON3
TPFOP4, TPFON4
TPFOP5, TPFON5
TPFOP6, TPFON6
TPFOP7, TPFON7
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation,
TPFO pins drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto
the line.
U7, T7,
AO/AI
T10, R10,
T11, U11,
T14,U15,
R14, T15
During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFO pins
produce differential LVPECL outputs for fiber
transceivers.
Twisted-Pair/Fiber Inputs3, Positive &
Negative, Ports 0-7.
104, 105
115, 114
118, 119
129, 128
132, 133
143, 142
146, 147
157, 156
R2, T1,
U3, T4,
R6, T5,
T8, R8,
T9, U9,
U13, T12,
R12, T13,
R16, T16
TPFIP0, TPFIN0
TPFIP1, TPFIN1
TPFIP2, TPFIN2
TPFIP3, TPFIN3
TPFIP4, TPFIN4
TPFIP5, TPFIN5
TPFIP6, TPFIN6
TPFIP7, TPFIN7
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation,
TPFI pins receive differential 100BASE-TX or
10BASE-T signals from the line.
AI/AO
During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFI pins
receive differential LVPECL inputs from fiber
transceivers.
1. Type Column Coding: AI = Analog Input, AO = Analog Output.
2. Switched to Inputs (see TPFIP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is,
twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode].
3. Switched to Outputs (see TPFOP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is,
twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode].
Datasheet
41
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 12. JTAG Test Signal Descriptions – PQFP
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Test Data Input.
167
N14
TDI
I, ST, IP
Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK.
Test Data Output.
168
169
170
N15
N16
M16
TDO
TMS
TCK
O, TS
I, ST, IP
I, ST, ID
Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK.
Test Mode Select.
Test Clock.
Clock input for JTAG test.
Test Reset.
171
M17
TRST
I, ST, IP
Reset input for JTAG test.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain, TS = Three-State-able output, SMT =
Schmitt Triggered input, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. TDO output is three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
Table 13. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 1 of 4)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
PQFP
PBGA
Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of Register bits
27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read
and overwritten after startup / reset.
These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports
(rise and fall time) as follows:
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
94
93
N3,
M4
I, ST, ID
Slew Rate (Rise and Fall
TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0
Time)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
3.3 ns
3.6 ns
3.9 ns
4.2 ns
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
42
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 13. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 2 of 4)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
I, ID, ST
I, ST, ID
Signal Description2
PQFP
PBGA
Pause Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 4.10 for
all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten
after startup / reset.
When High, the LXT9785/9785E advertises Pause
capabilities on all ports during auto-negotiation.
50
D5
PAUSE
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER1. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set Pause active while RxER1 is three-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
Pause state is set inactive via the internal pull-down
resistor.
Power-Down.
When High, forces the LXT9785/9785E into global
power-down mode.
174
175
L14
PWRDWN
RESET_L
Pin is not on JTAG chain.
Reset.
This active low input is ORed with the control register
M15
I, ST, IP Reset Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are
forced to inactive state.
Pin is not on JTAG chain.
Address <4:0>.
Sets base address. Each port adds its port number
(starting with 0) to this address to determine its PHY
address.
88
89
90
91
92
L4,
M2,
M3,
N1,
N2
ADD_4
ADD_3
ADD_2
ADD_1
ADD_0
Port 0 Address = Base
Port 1 Address = Base + 1
Port 2 Address = Base + 2
Port 3 Address = Base + 3
Port 4 Address = Base + 4
Port 5 Address = Base + 5
Port 6 Address = Base + 6
Port 7 Address = Base + 7
I, ST, ID
Mode Select[1:0].
00 = RMII
01 = SMII
178
177
L17,
L16
MODESEL_1
MODESEL_0
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
10 = SS-SMII
11 = Reserved
All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be
mixed and must be all RMII, SMII, or SS-SMII.
Sectionalization Select.
This pin selects sectionalization into separate ports.
0 = 1x8 ports,
176
L15
SECTION
1 = 2x4 ports
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
Datasheet
43
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 13. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 3 of 4)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
PQFP
PBGA
Auto MDIX Enable Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40 on
page 118.
83
K1
AMDIX_EN
I, ST, IP
When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX)
(regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports.
When inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the
MDIX pin.
MDIX Select Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.8 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40,
“MDIX Selection” on page 118.
When AMDIX_EN is active this pin is ignored.
When AMDIX_EN is inactive, all ports are forced to the
MDI or the MDIX function regardless of segmentation.
If this pin is active (high), MDI crossover (MDIX) is
selected. If this pin is inactive, non-crossover MDI
mode is set.
59
D2
MDIX
I, ID, ST
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER0. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set MDIX active while RxER0 is three-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
MDIX state is set inactive via the internal pull-down
resistor. Do not tie this pin directly to VCCIO (vs. using
a pull-up) in non-RMII modes.
Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of register bits
shown in Table 42, “Global Hardware Configuration
85
86
87
L2,
L3,
M1
CFG_3
CFG_2
CFG_1
I, ST, ID Settings” on page 128 for all ports. These register bits
can be read and overwritten after startup / reset.
When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins
provide configuration control options for all the ports
(refer to page 128 for details).
Global FX/TP_L Enable Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.0 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 92, “Port
173
M14
G_FX/TP_L
I, ST, ID
Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)” on page 207.
This input selects whether all the ports are defaulted to
TP vs. FX mode.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
44
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 13. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 4 of 4)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
PQFP
PBGA
FIFO Select <1:0>.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of Register bits
18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read
and overwritten after startup/reset.
These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An
external pull-up resistor (see applications section for
value) can be used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active
while RxER<5:4> are three-stated during hardware
reset. If no pull-up is used, the default FIFO select
state is set via the internal pull-down resistors.
11
20
A15
A12
FIFOSEL1
FIFOSEL0
I, ID, ST
See Table 17, “Receive FIFO Depth Considerations”
on page 49.
Preamble Select.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.5 for
all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten
after startup/reset.
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER2. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set Preamble Select to active while RxER2 is
three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is
used, the default Preamble Select state is set via the
internal pull-down resistors.
40
D7
PREASEL
I, ID, ST
Note: Preamble select has no effect in 100 Mbps
operation.
LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or
reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default
state of Register bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit
can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When
High, the LXT9785/9785E powers down all ports.
2
A17
LINKHOLD3
ID
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is tri-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
LINKHOLD state is set inactive via the internal pull-
down resistor.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
Datasheet
45
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 14. LED Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 1 of 2)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
82
81
80
K3,
K2,
J1
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
77
76
75
J4,
J3,
H1
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
73
72
71
H2,
H3,
G1
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
70
69
68
F2,
G3,
G4
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
180
181
182
K16,
K17,
J17
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
46
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 14. LED Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 2 of 2)
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
PQFP
PBGA
Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
185
186
187
J15,
J16,
H17
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
189
190
191
H15,
H16,
G17
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
LED6_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address
20, Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
192
193
194
G15,
F17,
F16
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
Table 15. Power Supply Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 1 of 2)
Pin/Ball Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
PQFP
PBGA
Digital Power Supply - Core.
65, 78, 184,
196
G13, J14,
F5, J5
VCCD
-
+2.5 V supply for core digital circuits.
Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring.
+2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital
input circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level
threshold and over-voltage protection, may be
interfaced with 3.3/5.0 V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V,
and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5 V.
A2, A8,
C1, C11,
D14
18, 29, 47,
56, 208
VCCIO
-
Digital Power Supply - PECL Signal Detect Inputs.
+2.5/3.3 V supply for PECL Signal Detect input
circuits. If Fiber Mode is not used, tie these pins to
GNDPECL to save power.
98, 164
L13, L5
VCCPECL
VCCR
-
-
103, 116,
117, 130,
131, 144,
145, 158
N13, P4,
P7, P8,
P9, P10,
Analog Power Supply - Receive.
+2.5 V supply for all analog receive circuits.
P11, P12
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
Datasheet
47
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 15. Power Supply Signal Descriptions – PQFP (Sheet 2 of 2)
Pin/Ball Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
PQFP
PBGA
N6, N7,
N9, N11,
N12
Analog Power Supply - Transmit.
109, 123,
138, 152
VCCT
-
+2.5 V supply for all analog transmit circuits.
A1, A9,
B3, B7,
C5, C13,
C17, D1,
D3, D6,
D10, D15,
E5, E7,
E9, E11,
E13, E17,
F13, H8,
H9, H10,
J8, J9,
Digital Ground.
66, 79,
183, 195
Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All
ground pins can be tied together using a single ground
plane.
GNDD
-
J10, K8,
K9, K10
9, 19, 30,
38, 48, 57,
74, 188,
Digital GND - I/O Ring.
–
GNDIO
GNDPECL
GNDR
-
-
-
Ground return for digital I/O circuits (VCCIO).
199, 207
Digital GND - PECL Signal Detect Inputs.
99, 163
M5, M13
Ground return for PECL Signal Detect input circuits.
106, 112,
120, 126,
135, 141,
149, 155
P5, P6,
P13, R7,
R9, R11,
R13, U8
Analog Ground - Receive.
Ground return for receive analog supply. All ground
pins can be tied together using a single ground plane.
P14, R1,
R3, R5,
R15, R17,
T17, U2,
U4, U6,
U10, U12,
U14, U16,
U17
Analog Ground - Transmit.
113, 127,
134, 148
GNDT
SGND
-
-
Ground return for transmit analog supply. All ground
pins can be tied together using a single ground plane.
Substrate Ground.
179
K14
Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied
together using a single ground plane.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
48
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 16. Unused/Reserved Pins – PQFP
Pin/Ball Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description
PQFP
PBGA
F15, G2,
G5, G14,
G16, H4,
H14, J2,
J13, K4,
K15
NC
NC
–
No Connection.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2.
Table 17. Receive FIFO Depth Considerations
Register 18.15
Value
Register 18.14
Value
FIFOSEL1
FIFOSEL0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Datasheet
49
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.3
BGA23 Ball Assignments
The following sections provide BGA23 ball location and signal description information for RMII,
SMII, and SS-SMII:
• Table 3.3.1 “RMII BGA23 Ball List” on page 51
• Table 3.3.2 “SMII BGA23 Ball List” on page 61
• Table 3.3.3 “SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List” on page 71
• Table 3.4 “BGA23 Signal Descriptions” on page 81
Figure 5 illustrates the LXT9785/LXT9785E 241-ball BGA23 ball locations for RMII, SMII, and
SS-SMII.
Figure 5. 241-Ball BGA23 Assignments (Top View)
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
3
4
5
6
A6
B6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
A3
B3
A4 A5
B4 B5
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17
B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
C1
D1
E1
F1
C2
D2
E2
F2
C3
D3
E3
F3
C4 C5
D4 D5
E4 E5
C6
D6
E6
F6
C7
D7
E7
F7
C8
D8
E8
F8
C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17
D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17
E9
E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17
F4
F5
F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17
G9 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17
H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17
G
H
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G
H
H1
J1
H2
J2
H3
J3
H4
J4
H5
J5
H6
J6
H7
J7
H8
J8
J9
J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16
J17
J
K
L
J
K1
L1
K2
L2
K3
L3
K4
L4
K5
L5
K6
L6
K7
L7
K8
L8
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14 K15 K16 K17
L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17
K
L
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17
M
N
P
R
T
M
N
P
R
T
N1
P1
N2
P2
N3
P3
N4
P4
N5
P5
N6
P6
N7
P7
N8
P8
N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14 N15 N16 N17
P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17
R1
T1
U1
R2
T2
U2
R3
T3
U3
R4
T4
U4
R5
T5
U5
R6
T6
U6
R7
T7
U7
R8
T8
U8
R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 T16 T17
U9 U10 U11 U12 U13 U14 U15 U16 U17
U
U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
= No Ball
B1498-01
Datasheet
50
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.3.1
RMII BGA23 Ball List
The following tables provide the RMII BGA23 ball locations and signal names arranged in
alphanumeric order as follows:
• Table 18 “RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name”
• Table 19 “RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location” on page 56
Table 18. RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
ADD_0
ADD_1
ADD_2
ADD_3
ADD_4
AMDIX_EN
CFG_1
CFG_2
CFG_3
N2 I, ST, ID
N1 I, ST, ID
M3 I, ST, ID
M2 I, ST, ID
L4 I, ST, ID
K1 I, ST, IP
M1 I, ST, ID
L3 I, ST, ID
L2 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDPECL
GNDPECL
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
D3
D6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
D10
D15
E5
E7
E9
E11
E13
E17
F13
H8
O, TS, SL,
CRS_DV0
CRS_DV1
CRS_DV2
CRS_DV3
CRS_DV4
CRS_DV5
CRS_DV6
CRS_DV7
E4
ID
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
O, TS, SL,
C4
ID
H9
O, TS, SL,
A5
ID
H10
J8
O, TS, SL,
B8
ID
J9
O, TS, SL,
B12
ID
J10
K8
O, TS, SL,
D12
ID
K9
O, TS, SL,
B16
ID
K10
M5
M13
P5
O, TS, SL,
E15
ID
G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
A1
A9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P6
P13
R7
B3
B7
R9
C5
R11
R13
U8
C13
C17
D1
51
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
OD, TS,
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
P14
R1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
LED4_3_L
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
LED6_3_L
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
J17
J15
J16
H17
H15
H16
G17
G15
F17
F16
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
R3
R5
OD, TS,
SL, IP
R15
R17
T17
U2
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
U4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
U6
OD, TS,
SL, IP
U10
U12
U14
U16
U17
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
K3
K2
J1
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
MDC0
MDC1
MDDIS
E1 I, ST, ID
B10 I, ST, ID
L1 I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
F1
MDINT0_L
MDINT1_L
MDIO0
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J4
OD, TS,
C9
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J3
I/O, TS,
F3
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H1
H2
H3
G1
F2
I/O, TS,
A10
MDIO1
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
ModeSel0
ModeSel1
NC
L16 I, ST, ID
L17 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F15
G2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
G5
NC
G14
G16
H4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G3
G4
K16
K17
NC
NC
OD, TS,
SO, IP
NC
H14
J2
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
J13
K4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
K15
Datasheet
52
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
No ball
No ball
No ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
F6
F7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
No Ball
L11
M6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
No Ball
–
F8
No Ball
M7
–
E8
No Ball
M8
–
E10
F9
No Ball
M9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
No Ball
M10
M11
M12
N8
–
F10
F11
F12
G6
No Ball
–
No Ball
–
No Ball
–
No Ball
N10
–
G7
PWRDWN
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
RESET_L
RxData0_0
RxData0_1
RxData1_0
RxData1_1
RxData2_0
RxData2_1
RxData3_0
RxData3_1
RxData4_0
RxData4_1
RxData5_0
RxData5_1
RxData6_0
RxData6_1
RxData7_0
RxData7_1
L14 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 24 (page 81)
G8
E6
I
I
G9
E12
G10
G11
G12
H5
M15 I, ST, IP
C2 O, TS
B1 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
A3 O, TS Table 24 (page 81)
B4 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
B6 O, TS Table 24 (page 81)
C7 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
D9 O, TS Table 24 (page 81)
B9 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
H6
H7
H11
H12
H13
J6
A13 O, TS
C12 O, TS,ID
B14 O, TS
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
J7
J11
J12
K5
B15 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
C15 O, TS Table 24 (page 81)
B17 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
E16 O, TS Table 24 (page 81)
K6
K7
K11
K12
K13
L6
F14 O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
RxER0
(MDIX)
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
D2
ID, I, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
RxER1
(PAUSE)
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
ID, I, ST Table 32 (page 89)
D5
D7
L7
RxER2
(PREASEL)
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
ID, I, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
L8
O, TS, SL,
ID
L9
RxER3
C8
Table 24 (page 81)
L10
L11
RxER4
(FIFOSEL0)
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
ID, I, ST
A12
Table 32 (page 89)
53
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
RxER5
(FIFOSEL1)
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
TPFON2
TPFON3
TPFON4
TPFON5
TPFON6
TPFON7
TPFOP0
TPFOP1
TPFOP2
TPFOP3
TPFOP4
TPFOP5
TPFOP6
TPFOP7
TRST_L
U5 AO/AI
T7 AO/AI
R10 AO/AI
U11 AO/AI
U15 AO/AI
T15 AO/AI
T2 AO/AI
T3 AO/AI
T6 AO/AI
U7 AO/AI
T10 AO/AI
T11 AO/AI
T14 AO/AI
R14 AO/AI
M17 I, ST, IP
E2 I, ID
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
A15
A17
D17
ID, I, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
RxER6
LINKHOLD
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
I, ID, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 24 (page 81)
O, TS, SL,
ID
RxER7
SD_2P5V
SD0
P1 I, ST, ID
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
P2
N4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SD1
SD2
P3
SD3
N5
SD4
P15
P16
P17
N17
SD5
SD6
SD7
SECTION
SGND
TCK
L15 I, ST, ID
K14
–
TxData0_0
TxData0_1
TxData1_0
TxData1_1
TxData2_0
TxData2_1
TxData3_0
TxData3_1
TxData4_0
TxData4_1
TxData5_0
TxData5_1
TxData6_0
TxData6_1
TxData7_0
TxData7_1
TxEN0
M16 I, ST, ID
N14 I, ST, IP
N15 O, TS
N16 I, ST, IP
T1 AO/AI
T4 AO/AI
T5 AO/AI
R8 AO/AI
U9 AO/AI
T12 AO/AI
T13 AO/AI
T16 AO/AI
R2 AO/AI
U3 AO/AI
R6 AO/AI
T8 AO/AI
T9 AO/AI
U13 AO/AI
R12 AO/AI
R16 AO/AI
U1 AO/AI
R4 AO/AI
F4 I, ID
TDI
C3 I, ID
TDO
D4 I, ID
TMS
B5 I, ID
TPFIN0
TPFIN1
TPFIN2
TPFIN3
TPFIN4
TPFIN5
TPFIN6
TPFIN7
TPFIP0
TPFIP1
TPFIP2
TPFIP3
TPFIP4
TPFIP5
TPFIP6
TPFIP7
TPFON0
TPFON1
A4 I, ID
D8 I, ID
A6 I, ID
A11 I, ID
C10 I, ID
B13 I, ID
D11 I, ID
D13 I, ID
A16 I, ID
E14 I, ID
C16 I, ID
E3 I, ID
TxEN1
B2 I, ID
TxEN2
C6 I, ID
TxEN3
A7 I, ID
TxEN4
B11 I, ID
A14 I, ID
C14 I, ID
TxEN5
TxEN6
Datasheet
54
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
TxEN7
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
VCCD
D16 I, ID
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
N3 I, ST, ID
M4 I, ST, ID
F5
G13
J5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
VCCD
VCCD
VCCD
J14
A2
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCPECL
VCCPECL
VCCR
A8
C1
C11
D14
L5
L13
N13
P4
VCCR
VCCR
P7
VCCR
P8
VCCR
P9
VCCR
P10
P11
P12
N6
VCCR
VCCR
VCCT
VCCT
N7
VCCT
N9
VCCT
N11
N12
VCCT
55
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 19. RMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
A1 GNDD
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
O, TS, SL,
ID
B16 CRS_DV6
Table 24 (page 81)
A2 VCCIO
–
B17 RxData6_1
C1 VCCIO
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
A3 RxData1_0
A4 TxData2_1
O, TS
I, ID
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
C2 RxData0_0
C3 TxData1_0
O, TS
I, ID
O, TS, SL,
ID
A5 CRS_DV2
Table 24 (page 81)
A6 TxData3_1
A7 TxEN3
A8 VCCIO
A9 GNDD
I, ID
I, ID
–
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
O, TS, SL,
ID
C4 CRS_DV1
Table 24 (page 81)
C5 GNDD
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
C6 TxEN2
I, ID
–
C7 RxData2_1
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
A10 MDIO1
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 24 (page 81)
O, TS, SL,
C8 RxER3
Table 24 (page 81)
ID
A11 TxData4_0
I, ID
OD, TS,
C9 MDINT1_L
Table 28 (page 86)
SL, IP
RxER4
A12
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
(FIFOSEL0) ID, I, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
C10 TxData4_1
C11 VCCIO
I, ID
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
A13 RxData4_0
A14 TxEN5
O, TS
I, ID
–
C12 RxData4_1
C13 GNDD
O, TS,ID
RxER5
A15
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
(FIFOSEL1) ID, I, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
–
A16 TxData6_1
I, ID
Table 24 (page 81)
C14 TxEN6
I, ID
O, TS
I, ID
–
RxER6LINK O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
HOLD I, ID, ST Table 32 (page 89)
C15 RxData6_0
C16 TxData7_1
C17 GNDD
A17
B1 RxData0_1
B2 TxEN1
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
I, ID
–
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
D1 GNDD
–
B3 GNDD
RxER0
D2
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
I, ID, ST
B4 RxData1_1
B5 TxData2_0
B6 RxData2_0
B7 GNDD
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
(MDIX)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
I, ID
O, TS
–
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
D3 GNDD
–
D4 TxData1_1
I, ID
RxER1
D5
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
ID, I, ST
(PAUSE)
Table 32 (page 89)
O, TS, SL,
ID
B8 CRS_DV3
Table 24 (page 81)
D6 GNDD
–
Table 34 (page 94)
B9 RxData3_1
B10 MDC1
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
RxER2
D7
O, TS, SL, Table 24 (page 81)
(PREASEL) I, ID, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
I, ST, ID
I, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 24 (page 81)
D8 TxData3_0
D9 RxData3_0
D10 GNDD
I, ID
O, TS
–
B11 TxEN4
O, TS, SL,
ID
B12 CRS_DV4
Table 24 (page 81)
B13 TxData5_0
B14 RxData5_0
B15 RxData5_1
I, ID
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
D11 TxData5_1
I, ID
O, TS
O, TS, SL,
ID
D12 CRS_DV5
D13 TxData6_0
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
I, ID
Datasheet
56
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
D14 VCCIO
D15 GNDD
D16 TxEN7
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
F14 RxData7_1
F15 NC
O, TS, ID Table 24 (page 81)
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
I, ID
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F16 LED7_3_L
F17 LED7_2_L
O, TS, SL,
ID
D17 RxER7
Table 24 (page 81)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
E1 MDC0
I, ST, ID
I, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 24 (page 81)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G1 LED2_3_L
G2 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
E2 TxData0_0
E3 TxEN0
I, ID
–
O, TS, SL,
ID
OD, TS,
SL, IP
E4 CRS_DV0
Table 24 (page 81)
G3 LED3_2_L
E5 GNDD
E6 REFCLK0
E7 GNDD
–
I
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
OD, TS,
SO, IP
G4 LED3_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
G5 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
–
G6 No Ball
G7 No Ball
G8 No Ball
G9 No Ball
G10 No Ball
G11 No Ball
G12 No Ball
G13 VCCD
G14 NC
–
E8 No Ball
E9 GNDD
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
E10 No Ball
E11 GNDD
E12 REFCLK1
E13 GNDD
E14 TxData7_0
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 24 (page 81)
–
I
–
–
–
I, ID
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
O, TS, SL,
ID‘
E15 CRS_DV7
Table 24 (page 81)
E16 RxData7_0
E17 GNDD
O, TS
–
Table 24 (page 81)
Table 34 (page 94)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G15 LED7_1_L
G16 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F1 MDINT0_L
F2 LED3_1_L
F3 MDIO0
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G17 LED6_3_L
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H1 LED1_3_L
H2 LED2_1_L
H3 LED2_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F4 TxData0_1
F5 VCCD
I, ID
–
Table 24 (page 81)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 34 (page 94)
F6 No ball
F7 No ball
F8 No ball
F9 No Ball
F10 No Ball
F11 No Ball
F12 No Ball
F13 GNDD
–
–
H4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
H5 No Ball
H6 No Ball
H7 No Ball
H8 GNDD
H9 GNDD
H10 GNDD
H11 No Ball
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
57
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
H12 No Ball
H13 No Ball
H14 NC
–
–
–
–
K9 GNDD
K10 GNDD
K11 No Ball
K12 No Ball
K13 No Ball
K14 SGND
K15 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
H15 LED6_1_L
H16 LED6_2_L
H17 LED5_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
K16 LED4_1_L
K17 LED4_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J1
J2
J3
LED0_3_L
NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
L1 MDDIS
L2 CFG_3
I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED1_2_L
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
L3 CFG_2
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
J4
LED1_1_L
Table 33 (page 93)
L4 ADD_4
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
VCCD
No Ball
No Ball
GNDD
GNDD
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
L5 VCCPECL
L6 No Ball
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
L7 No Ball
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
L8 No Ball
–
–
L9 No Ball
–
–
J10 GNDD
J11 No Ball
J12 No Ball
J13 NC
L10 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L13 VCCPECL
L14 PWRDWN
L15 SECTION
L16 ModeSel0
L17 ModeSel1
M1 CFG_1
M2 ADD_3
M3 ADD_2
M4 TxSLEW_1
M5 GNDPECL
M6 No Ball
M7 No Ball
M8 No Ball
M9 No Ball
M10 No Ball
M11 No Ball
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
J14 VCCD
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J15 LED5_1_L
J16 LED5_2_L
J17 LED4_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 33 (page 93)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
K2 LED0_2_L
SL, IP
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
K3 LED0_1_L
SL, IP
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
–
–
–
–
–
K4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
K5 No Ball
K6 No Ball
K7 No Ball
K8 GNDD
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Datasheet
58
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
M12 No Ball
–
–
–
P16 SD5
I
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
M13 GNDPECL
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
P17 SD6
I
M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID
R1 GNDT
–
M15 RESET_L
M16 TCK
I, ST, IP
R2 TPFIP0
R3 GNDT
AO/AI
–
I, ST, ID
M17 TRST_L
N1 ADD_1
N2 ADD_0
N3 TxSLEW_0
N4 SD1
I, ST, IP
R4 TPFON1
R5 GNDT
AO/AI
–
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
R6 TPFIP2
R7 GNDR
R8 TPFIN3
R9 GNDR
R10 TPFON4
R11 GNDR
R12 TPFIP6
R13 GNDR
R14 TPFOP7
R15 GNDT
R16 TPFIP7
R17 GNDT
T1 TPFIN0
T2 TPFOP0
T3 TPFOP1
T4 TPFIN1
T5 TPFIN2
T6 TPFOP2
T7 TPFON3
T8 TPFIP3
T9 TPFIP4
T10 TPFOP4
T11 TPFOP5
T12 TPFIN5
T13 TPFIN6
T14 TPFOP6
T15 TPFON7
T16 TPFIN7
T17 GNDT
U1 TPFON0
U2 GNDT
AO/AI
–
I, ST, ID
I
AO/AI
–
N5 SD3
I
N6 VCCT
N7 VCCT
N8 No Ball
N9 VCCT
N10 No Ball
N11 VCCT
N12 VCCT
N13 VCCR
N14 TDI
–
AO/AI
–
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 29 (page 87)
–
AO/AI
–
–
I, ST, IP
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
N15 TDO
O, TS
N16 TMS
I, ST, IP
N17 SD7
I
P1 SD_2P5V
P2 SD0
I, ST, ID
I
P3 SD2
I
P4 VCCR
P5 GNDR
P6 GNDR
P7 VCCR
P8 VCCR
P9 VCCR
P10 VCCR
P11 VCCR
P12 VCCR
P13 GNDR
P14 GNDT
P15 SD4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
I
AO/AI
–
59
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Type1
Ball Signal
Full Description
U3 TPFIP1
U4 GNDT
AO/AI
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
U5 TPFON2
U6 GNDT
AO/AI
–
U7 TPFOP3
U8 GNDR
U9 TPFIN4
U10 GNDT
U11 TPFON5
U12 GNDT
U13 TPFIP5
U14 GNDT
U15 TPFON6
U16 GNDT
U17 GNDT
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
–
Datasheet
60
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.3.2
SMII BGA23 Ball List
The following tables provide the SMII ball locations and signal names arranged in alphanumeric
order as follows:
• Table 20 “SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name”
• Table 21 “SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location” on page 66
Table 20. SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
ADD_0
ADD_1
ADD_2
ADD_3
ADD_4
AMDIX_EN
CFG_1
CFG_2
CFG_3
N2 I, ST, ID
N1 I, ST, ID
M3 I, ST, ID
M2 I, ST, ID
L4 I, ST, ID
K1 I, ST, IP
M1 I, ST, ID
L3 I, ST, ID
L2 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDPECL
GNDPECL
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
E17
F13
H8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
H9
H10
J8
J9
J10
K8
O, TS, SL,
A12
K9
FIFOSEL0
FIFOSEL1
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
ID, I, ST
K10
M5
M13
P5
O, TS, SL,
A15
ID, I, ST
G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
A1
A9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P6
P13
R7
B3
B7
R9
C5
R11
R13
U8
C13
C17
D1
P14
R1
D3
D6
R3
D10
D15
E5
R5
R15
R17
T17
U2
E7
E9
E11
E13
U4
61
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
U6
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED6_3_L
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
G17
G15
F17
F16
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
U10
U12
U14
U16
U17
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
K3
K2
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
MDC0
MDC1
MDDIS
E1 I, ST, ID
B10 I, ST, ID
L1 I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
F1
J1
MDINT0_L
MDINT1_L
MDIO0
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
C9
J4
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I/O, TS,
F3
J3
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I/O, TS,
A10
H1
MDIO1
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
MDIX
ModeSel0
ModeSel1
NC
D2 I, ID, ST
L16 I, ST, ID
L17 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
H2
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H3
OD, TS,
SL, IP
A4
A5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
G1
F2
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
A7
NC
A14
A16
B1
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G3
G4
K16
K17
J17
J15
J16
H17
H15
H16
NC
OD, TS,
SO, IP
NC
NC
B2
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
B4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
B8
NC
B9
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
B11
B12
B15
B16
B17
C4
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
C6
NC
C7
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
C8
Datasheet
62
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
C10
C12
C14
D4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
G9
G10
G11
G12
H5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
D11
D12
D16
D17
E3
H6
H7
H11
H12
H13
J6
E4
E15
F4
J7
F14
F15
G2
J11
J12
K5
G5
K6
G14
G16
H4
K7
K11
K12
K13
L6
H14
J2
J13
K4
L7
L8
K15
L9
NC/
LINKHOLD
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
L10
L11
L11
M6
A17 I, ID, ST
No ball
No ball
No ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
F6
F7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F8
M7
E8
M8
E10
F9
M9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
M10
M11
M12
N8
F10
F11
F12
G6
G7
G8
N10
O, TS, SL,
ID, I, ST
PAUSE
D5
Table 32 (page 89)
63
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
PREASEL
PWRDWN
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
RESET_L
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
SD_2P5V
SD0
D7 I, ID, ST
L14 I, ID, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
TPFIP0
R2 AO/AI
U3 AO/AI
R6 AO/AI
T8 AO/AI
T9 AO/AI
U13 AO/AI
R12 AO/AI
R16 AO/AI
U1 AO/AI
R4 AO/AI
U5 AO/AI
T7 AO/AI
R10 AO/AI
U11 AO/AI
U15 AO/AI
T15 AO/AI
T2 AO/AI
T3 AO/AI
T6 AO/AI
U7 AO/AI
T10 AO/AI
T11 AO/AI
T14 AO/AI
R14 AO/AI
M17 I, ST, IP
E2 I, ID
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
TPFIP1
E6
I
I
TPFIP2
E12
TPFIP3
M15 I, ST, IP
TPFIP4
C2 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
A3 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
B6 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
D9 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
A13 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
B14 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
C15 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
E16 O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
TPFIP5
TPFIP6
TPFIP7
TPFON0
TPFON1
TPFON2
TPFON3
TPFON4
TPFON5
TPFON6
TPFON7
TPFOP0
TPFOP1
TPFOP2
TPFOP3
TPFOP4
TPFOP5
TPFOP6
TPFOP7
TRST_L
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
VCCD
P1 I, ST, ID
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 26 (page 84)
Table 26 (page 84)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
P2
N4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SD1
SD2
P3
SD3
N5
SD4
P15
P16
P17
N17
SD5
SD6
SD7
SECTION
SGND
L15 I, ST, ID
K14
–
SYNC0
SYNC1
TCK
A6 I, ID
C16 I, ID
M16 I, ST, ID
N14 I, ST, IP
N15 O, TS
N16 I, ST, IP
T1 AO/AI
T4 AO/AI
T5 AO/AI
R8 AO/AI
U9 AO/AI
T12 AO/AI
T13 AO/AI
T16 AO/AI
C3 I, ID
TDI
B5 I, ID
TDO
D8 I, ID
TMS
A11 I, ID
TPFIN0
TPFIN1
TPFIN2
TPFIN3
TPFIN4
TPFIN5
TPFIN6
TPFIN7
B13 I, ID
D13 I, ID
E14 I, ID
N3 I, ST, ID
M4 I, ST, ID
F5
G13
J5
–
–
–
VCCD
VCCD
Datasheet
64
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
VCCD
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCPECL
VCCPECL
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCT
J14
A2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
A8
C1
C11
D14
L5
L13
N13
P4
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
N6
VCCT
N7
VCCT
N9
VCCT
N11
N12
VCCT
65
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 21. SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
A1 GNDD
A2 VCCIO
A3 RxData1
A4 NC
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
C1 VCCIO
C2 RxData0
C3 TxData1
C4 NC
–
Table 34 (page 94)
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
I, ID
–
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 26 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
A5 NC
–
C5 GNDD
C6 NC
–
A6 SYNC0
A7 NC
I, ID
–
–
C7 NC
–
A8 VCCIO
A9 GNDD
–
C8 NC
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
C9 MDINT1_L
Table 28 (page 86)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
A10 MDIO1
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
C10 NC
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
A11 TxData4
A12 FIFOSEL0
I, ID
C11 VCCIO
C12 NC
O, TS, SL,
ID, I, ST
C13 GNDD
C14 NC
A13 RxData4
A14 NC
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
C15 RxData6
C16 SYNC1
C17 GNDD
D1 GNDD
D2 MDIX
D3 GNDD
D4 NC
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
O, TS, SL,
ID, I, ST
A15 FIFOSEL1
A16 NC
I, ID
Table 26 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
–
NC/
A17
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
I, ID, ST
LINKHOLD
I, ID, ST
B1 NC
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 25 (page 84)
–
–
B2 NC
–
B3 GNDD
B4 NC
–
O, TS, SL,
ID, I, ST
D5 PAUSE
Table 32 (page 89)
–
D6 GNDD
D7 PREASEL
D8 TxData3
D9 RxData3
D10 GNDD
D11 NC
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 25 (page 84)
B5 TxData2
B6 RxData2
B7 GNDD
B8 NC
I, ID
I, ID, ST
I, ID
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 25 (page 84)
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 28 (page 86)
B9 NC
–
–
B10 MDC1
B11 NC
I, ST, ID
D12 NC
–
–
D13 TxData6
D14 VCCIO
D15 GNDD
D16 NC
I, ID
B12 NC
–
–
B13 TxData5
B14 RxData5
B15 NC
I, ID
–
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
D17 NC
–
B16 NC
E1 MDC0
I, ST, ID
B17 NC
Datasheet
66
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
E2 TxData0
E3 NC
I, ID
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
G2 NC
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
–
–
I
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G3 LED3_2_L
E4 NC
OD, TS,
SO, IP
G4 LED3_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
E5 GNDD
E6 REFCLK0
E7 GNDD
E8 No Ball
E9 GNDD
E10 No Ball
E11 GNDD
E12 REFCLK1
E13 GNDD
E14 TxData7
E15 NC
G5 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
–
G6 No Ball
G7 No Ball
G8 No Ball
G9 No Ball
G10 No Ball
G11 No Ball
G12 No Ball
G13 VCCD
G14 NC
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
I
–
–
–
I, ID
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
E16 RxData7
E17 GNDD
O, TS, ID Table 26 (page 84)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G15 LED7_1_L
G16 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 28 (page 86)
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F1 MDINT0_L
F2 LED3_1_L
F3 MDIO0
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G17 LED6_3_L
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H1 LED1_3_L
H2 LED2_1_L
H3 LED2_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F5 VCCD
F6 No ball
F7 No ball
F8 No ball
F9 No Ball
F10 No Ball
F11 No Ball
F12 No Ball
F13 GNDD
F14 NC
Table 34 (page 94)
–
H4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
H5 No Ball
H6 No Ball
H7 No Ball
H8 GNDD
H9 GNDD
H10 GNDD
H11 No Ball
H12 No Ball
H13 No Ball
H14 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
F15 NC
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F16 LED7_3_L
F17 LED7_2_L
G1 LED2_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H15 LED6_1_L
H16 LED6_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
67
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H17 LED5_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
K16 LED4_1_L
K17 LED4_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J1 LED0_3_L
J2 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
–
L1 MDDIS
L2 CFG_3
L3 CFG_2
L4 ADD_4
L5 VCCPECL
L6 No Ball
L7 No Ball
L8 No Ball
L9 No Ball
L10 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L13 VCCPECL
L14 PWRDWN
L15 SECTION
L16 ModeSel0
L17 ModeSel1
M1 CFG_1
M2 ADD_3
M3 ADD_2
I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
J3 LED1_2_L
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J4 LED1_1_L
Table 33 (page 93)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
J5 VCCD
J6 No Ball
J7 No Ball
J8 GNDD
J9 GNDD
J10 GNDD
J11 No Ball
J12 No Ball
J13 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
I, ID, ST
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
J14 VCCD
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J15 LED5_1_L
J16 LED5_2_L
J17 LED4_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 33 (page 93)
K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP
OD, TS,
K2 LED0_2_L
SL, IP
M4 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID
M5 GNDPECL
M6 No Ball
M7 No Ball
M8 No Ball
M9 No Ball
M10 No Ball
M11 No Ball
M12 No Ball
M13 GNDPECL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OD, TS,
K3 LED0_1_L
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
–
K4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
K5 No Ball
K6 No Ball
K7 No Ball
K8 GNDD
K9 GNDD
K10 GNDD
K11 No Ball
K12 No Ball
K13 No Ball
K14 SGND
K15 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ST, ID
–
M15 RESET_L
M16 TCK
I, ST, IP
I, ST, ID
I, ST, IP
I, ST, ID
–
–
M17 TRST_L
N1 ADD_1
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Datasheet
68
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
N2 ADD_0
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
R6 TPFIP2
R7 GNDR
AO/AI
–
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
N3 TxSLEW_0 I, ST, ID
N4 SD1
I
R8 TPFIN3
R9 GNDR
AO/AI
–
N5 SD3
I
N6 VCCT
N7 VCCT
N8 No Ball
N9 VCCT
N10 No Ball
N11 VCCT
N12 VCCT
N13 VCCR
N14 TDI
–
R10 TPFON4
R11 GNDR
R12 TPFIP6
R13 GNDR
R14 TPFOP7
R15 GNDT
R16 TPFIP7
R17 GNDT
T1 TPFIN0
T2 TPFOP0
T3 TPFOP1
T4 TPFIN1
T5 TPFIN2
T6 TPFOP2
T7 TPFON3
T8 TPFIP3
T9 TPFIP4
T10 TPFOP4
T11 TPFOP5
T12 TPFIN5
T13 TPFIN6
T14 TPFOP6
T15 TPFON7
T16 TPFIN7
T17 GNDT
U1 TPFON0
U2 GNDT
AO/AI
–
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
AO/AI
–
–
I, ST, IP
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
N15 TDO
N16 TMS
N17 SD7
O, TS
I, ST, IP
I
P1 SD_2P5V
P2 SD0
I, ST, ID
I
P3 SD2
I
P4 VCCR
P5 GNDR
P6 GNDR
P7 VCCR
P8 VCCR
P9 VCCR
P10 VCCR
P11 VCCR
P12 VCCR
P13 GNDR
P14 GNDT
P15 SD4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AO/AI
–
I
P16 SD5
I
U3 TPFIP1
U4 GNDT
AO/AI
–
P17 SD6
I
R1 GNDT
R2 TPFIP0
R3 GNDT
R4 TPFON1
R5 GNDT
–
U5 TPFON2
U6 GNDT
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
U7 TPFOP3
U8 GNDR
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
U9 TPFIN4
AO/AI
69
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Type1
Ball Signal
Full Description
U10 GNDT
U11 TPFON5
U12 GNDT
U13 TPFIP5
U14 GNDT
U15 TPFON6
U16 GNDT
U17 GNDT
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
–
Datasheet
70
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.3.3
SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List
The following tables provide the SS-SMII ball locations and signal names arranged in
alphanumeric order as follows:
• Table 22 “SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name”
• Table 23 “SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location” on page 76
Table 22. SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
ADD_0
N2 I, ST, ID
N1 I, ST, ID
M3 I, ST, ID
M2 I, ST, ID
L4 I, ST, ID
K1 I, ST, IP
M1 I, ST, ID
L3 I, ST, ID
L2 I, ST, ID
A12 I, ID, ST
A15 I, ID, ST
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDPECL
GNDPECL
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDR
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
F13
H8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
ADD_1
ADD_2
H9
ADD_3
H10
J8
ADD_4
AMDIX_EN
CFG_1
J9
J10
K8
CFG_2
CFG_3
K9
FIFOSEL0
FIFOSEL1
K10
M5
M13
P5
G_FX/TP_L M14 I, ID, ST
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
A1
A9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
P6
B3
P13
R7
B7
C5
R9
C13
C17
D1
R11
R13
U8
D3
P14
R1
D6
D10
D15
E5
R3
R5
R15
R17
T17
U2
E7
E9
E11
E13
E17
U4
U6
71
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
GNDT
U10
U12
U14
U16
U17
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED6_3_L
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
G17
G15
F17
F16
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
K3
K2
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
MDC0
MDC1
MDDIS
E1 I, ST, ID
B10 I, ST, ID
L1 I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J1
OD, TS,
F1
MDINT0_L
MDINT1_L
MDIO0
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
SL, IP
J4
OD, TS,
C9
OD, TS,
SL, IP
SL, IP
J3
I/O, TS,
F3
OD, TS,
SL, IP
SL, IP
H1
I/O, TS,
A10
MDIO1
OD, TS,
SL, IP
SL, IP
H2
MDIX
ModeSel0
ModeSel1
NC
D2 I, ID, ST
L16 I, ST, ID
L17 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H3
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G1
F2
A3
A4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
A5
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G3
G4
K16
K17
J17
J15
J16
H17
H15
H16
NC
A7
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
A13
A14
A16
B2
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
B6
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
B8
NC
B14
B16
C2
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
C4
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
C6
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
C10
C14
C15
D4
NC
OD, TS,
SL, IP
NC
NC
Datasheet
72
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
D9
D11
D12
D16
E15
E16
F4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
PAUSE
PREASEL
PWRDWN
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
RESET_L
RxCLK0
RxCLK1
H7
H11
H12
H13
J6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
J7
–
J11
J12
K5
–
F15
G2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
G5
K6
–
G14
G16
H4
K7
–
K11
K12
K13
L6
–
–
H14
J2
–
–
J13
K4
L7
–
L8
–
K15
L9
–
NC/
LINKHOLD
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
L10
L11
L11
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
N8
–
A17 I, ID, ST
–
No ball
No ball
No ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
No Ball
F6
F7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F8
–
E8
–
E10
F9
–
–
F10
F11
F12
G6
–
–
–
N10
–
G7
D5 ID, I, ST
D7 I, ID, ST
L14 I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
G8
G9
G10
G11
G12
H5
E6
I
I
E12
M15 I, ST, IP
E3 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B11 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
H6
73
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
Signal
Ball Type1
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
RxSYNC0
RxSYNC1
SD_2P5V
SD0
B1 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B4 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
C7 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B9 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
C12 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B15 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B17 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
F14 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
E4 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
B12 O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
TPFIP5
U13 AO/AI
R12 AO/AI
R16 AO/AI
U1 AO/AI
R4 AO/AI
U5 AO/AI
T7 AO/AI
R10 AO/AI
U11 AO/AI
U15 AO/AI
T15 AO/AI
T2 AO/AI
T3 AO/AI
T6 AO/AI
U7 AO/AI
T10 AO/AI
T11 AO/AI
T14 AO/AI
R14 AO/AI
M17 I, IP, ST
C8 I, ID
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
TPFIP6
TPFIP7
TPFON0
TPFON1
TPFON2
TPFON3
TPFON4
TPFON5
TPFON6
TPFON7
TPFOP0
TPFOP1
TPFOP2
TPFOP3
TPFOP4
TPFOP5
TPFOP6
TPFOP7
TRST_L
TxCLK0
TxCLK1
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
TxSYNC0
TxSYNC1
VCCD
P1 I, ST, ID
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
P2
N4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SD1
SD2
P3
SD3
N5
SD4
P15
P16
P17
N17
SD5
SD6
SD7
SECTION
SGND
TCK
L15 I, ID, ST
K14
–
M16 I, ST, ID
N14 I, ST, IP
N15 O, TS
N16 I, ST, IP
T1 AO/AI
T4 AO/AI
T5 AO/AI
R8 AO/AI
U9 AO/AI
T12 AO/AI
T13 AO/AI
T16 AO/AI
R2 AO/AI
U3 AO/AI
R6 AO/AI
T8 AO/AI
T9 AO/AI
D17 I, ID
TDI
E2 I, ID
TDO
C3 I, ID
TMS
B5 I, ID
TPFIN0
TPFIN1
TPFIN2
TPFIN3
TPFIN4
TPFIN5
TPFIN6
TPFIN7
TPFIP0
TPFIP1
TPFIP2
TPFIP3
TPFIP4
D8 I, ID
A11 I, ID
B13 I, ID
D13 I, ID
E14 I, ID
N3 I, ST, ID
M4 I, ST, ID
A6 I, ID
C16 I, ID
F5
G13
J5
–
–
–
–
VCCD
VCCD
VCCD
J14
Datasheet
74
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Signal
Ball Type1
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCPECL
VCCPECL
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCR
VCCT
A2
A8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
C1
C11
D14
L5
L13
N13
P4
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
N6
VCCT
N7
VCCT
N9
VCCT
N11
N12
VCCT
75
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 23. SS-SMII BGA23 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
A1 GNDD
A2 VCCIO
A3 NC
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
C2 NC
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
C3 TxData1
C4 NC
I, ID
–
–
A4 NC
–
C5 GNDD
C6 NC
–
A5 NC
–
–
A6 TxSYNC0
A7 NC
I, ID
–
C7 RxData2
C8 TxCLK0
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
I, ID
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 28 (page 86)
A8 VCCIO
A9 GNDD
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
C9 MDINT1_L
–
C10 NC
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
A10 MDIO1
Table 28 (page 86)
C11 VCCIO
C12 RxData4
C13 GNDD
C14 NC
A11 TxData4
A12 FIFOSEL0
A13 NC
I, ID
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 35 (page 96)
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
I, ID, ST
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 27 (page 85)
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 25 (page 84)
–
–
A14 NC
–
C15 NC
–
A15 FIFOSEL1
A16 NC
I, ID, ST
–
C16 TxSYNC1
C17 GNDD
D1 GNDD
D2 MDIX
D3 GNDD
D4 NC
I, ID
–
NC/
A17
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 32 (page 89)
–
I, ID, ST
LINKHOLD
I, ID, ST
B1 RxData0
B2 NC
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
B3 GNDD
B4 RxData1
B5 TxData2
B6 NC
D5 PAUSE
D6 GNDD
D7 PREASEL
D8 TxData3
D9 NC
ID, I, ST
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
–
I, ID
–
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
I, ID, ST
I, ID
B7 GNDD
B8 NC
–
–
–
D10 GNDD
D11 NC
–
B9 RxData3
B10 MDC1
B11 RxCLK1
B12 RxSYNC1
B13 TxData5
B14 NC
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
I, ST, ID Table 28 (page 86)
–
D12 NC
–
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
D13 TxData6
D14 VCCIO
D15 GNDD
D16 NC
I, ID
–
I, ID
–
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
–
–
B15 RxData5
B16 NC
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
Table 35 (page 96)
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
Table 34 (page 94)
D17 TxCLK1
E1 MDC0
E2 TxData0
E3 RxCLK0
I, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ID
–
B17 RxData6
C1 VCCIO
–
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
Datasheet
76
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
E4 RxSYNC0
E5 GNDD
E6 REFCLK0
E7 GNDD
E8 No Ball
E9 GNDD
E10 No Ball
E11 GNDD
E12 REFCLK1
E13 GNDD
E14 TxData7
E15 NC
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G4 LED3_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
–
I
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
G5 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
G6 No Ball
G7 No Ball
G8 No Ball
G9 No Ball
G10 No Ball
G11 No Ball
G12 No Ball
G13 VCCD
G14 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 25 (page 84)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
I
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
I, ID
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G15 LED7_1_L
G16 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
E16 NC
–
E17 GNDD
–
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F1 MDINT0_L
F2 LED3_1_L
F3 MDIO0
Table 28 (page 86)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 28 (page 86)
G17 LED6_3_L
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H1 LED1_3_L
H2 LED2_1_L
H3 LED2_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F5 VCCD
F6 No ball
F7 No ball
F8 No ball
F9 No Ball
F10 No Ball
F11 No Ball
F12 No Ball
F13 GNDD
F14 RxData7
F15 NC
Table 34 (page 94)
H4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
H5 No Ball
H6 No Ball
H7 No Ball
H8 GNDD
H9 GNDD
H10 GNDD
H11 No Ball
H12 No Ball
H13 No Ball
H14 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
O, TS, ID Table 27 (page 85)
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
F16 LED7_3_L
F17 LED7_2_L
OD, TS,
SL, IP
H15 LED6_1_L
H16 LED6_2_L
H17 LED5_3_L
J1 LED0_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G1 LED2_3_L
G2 NC
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
–
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
G3 LED3_2_L
77
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
J2 NC
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 33 (page 93)
L1 MDDIS
L2 CFG_3
L3 CFG_2
L4 ADD_4
L5 VCCPECL
L6 No Ball
L7 No Ball
L8 No Ball
L9 No Ball
L10 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L11 No Ball
L13 VCCPECL
L14 PWRDWN
L15 SECTION
L16 ModeSel0
L17 ModeSel1
M1 CFG_1
M2 ADD_3
M3 ADD_2
I, ST, ID
Table 28 (page 86)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
J3 LED1_2_L
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J4 LED1_1_L
Table 33 (page 93)
I, ST, ID
Table 32 (page 89)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
J5 VCCD
J6 No Ball
J7 No Ball
J8 GNDD
J9 GNDD
J10 GNDD
J11 No Ball
J12 No Ball
J13 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 35 (page 96)
Table 34 (page 94)
I, ST, ID
I, ID, ST
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
J14 VCCD
OD, TS,
SL, IP
J15 LED5_1_L
J16 LED5_2_L
J17 LED4_3_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 33 (page 93)
K1 AMDIX_EN I, ST, IP
OD, TS,
K2 LED0_2_L
SL, IP
M4 TxSLEW_1 I, ST, ID
M5 GNDPECL
M6 No Ball
M7 No Ball
M8 No Ball
M9 No Ball
M10 No Ball
M11 No Ball
M12 No Ball
M13 GNDPECL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OD, TS,
K3 LED0_1_L
SL, IP
Table 33 (page 93)
–
K4 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 35 (page 96)
–
K5 No Ball
K6 No Ball
K7 No Ball
K8 GNDD
K9 GNDD
K10 GNDD
K11 No Ball
K12 No Ball
K13 No Ball
K14 SGND
K15 NC
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 32 (page 89)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
M14 G_FX/TP_L I, ID, ST
–
M15 RESET_L
M16 TCK
I, IP, ST
I, ST, ID
I, IP, ST
I, ID, ST
I, ID, ST
–
–
M17 TRST_L
N1 ADD_1
N2 ADD_0
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 35 (page 96)
OD, TS,
SL, IP
K16 LED4_1_L
K17 LED4_2_L
Table 33 (page 93)
Table 33 (page 93)
N3 TxSLEW_0 I, ID, ST
N4 SD1
OD, TS,
SL, IP
I
Datasheet
78
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Full Description
Reference for
Full Description
Ball Signal
Type1
Ball Signal
Type1
N5 SD3
I
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
R9 GNDR
R10 TPFON4
R11 GNDR
R12 TPFIP6
R13 GNDR
R14 TPFOP7
R15 GNDT
R16 TPFIP7
R17 GNDT
T1 TPFIN0
T2 TPFOP0
T3 TPFOP1
T4 TPFIN1
T5 TPFIN2
T6 TPFOP2
T7 TPFON3
T8 TPFIP3
T9 TPFIP4
T10 TPFOP4
T11 TPFOP5
T12 TPFIN5
T13 TPFIN6
T14 TPFOP6
T15 TPFON7
T16 TPFIN7
T17 GNDT
U1 TPFON0
U2 GNDT
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
N6 VCCT
N7 VCCT
N8 No Ball
N9 VCCT
N10 No Ball
N11 VCCT
N12 VCCT
N13 VCCR
N14 TDI
–
AO/AI
–
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
–
–
AO/AI
–
–
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 31 (page 88)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 29 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
–
AO/AI
–
–
I, ST, IP
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
N15 TDO
N16 TMS
N17 SD7
O, TS
I, ST, IP
I
P1 SD_2P5V
P2 SD0
I, ST, ID
I
P3 SD2
I
P4 VCCR
P5 GNDR
P6 GNDR
P7 VCCR
P8 VCCR
P9 VCCR
P10 VCCR
P11 VCCR
P12 VCCR
P13 GNDR
P14 GNDT
P15 SD4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AO/AI
–
I
P16 SD5
I
U3 TPFIP1
U4 GNDT
AO/AI
–
P17 SD6
I
R1 GNDT
R2 TPFIP0
R3 GNDT
R4 TPFON1
R5 GNDT
R6 TPFIP2
R7 GNDR
R8 TPFIN3
–
U5 TPFON2
U6 GNDT
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
U7 TPFOP3
U8 GNDR
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
U9 TPFIN4
U10 GNDT
U11 TPFON5
U12 GNDT
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
–
AO/AI
79
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for
Type1
Ball Signal
Full Description
U13 TPFIP5
U14 GNDT
U15 TPFON6
U16 GNDT
U17 GNDT
AO/AI
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 30 (page 87)
Table 34 (page 94)
Table 34 (page 94)
–
AO/AI
–
–
Datasheet
80
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.4
BGA23 Signal Descriptions
3.4.1
Signal Name Conventions
Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the
two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows:
• Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the
Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit
Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2.
• Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by
the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set
of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3.
• Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each
signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an
underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Configuration signals
would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and
RxData2_0 and RxData2_1.
3.4.2
Signal Descriptions – RMII, SMII, and SS-SMII Configurations
Table 24. RMII Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 3)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Reference Clock.
50 MHz RMII reference clock is always required. RMII
inputs are sampled on the rising edge of REFCLK,
RMII outputs are sourced on the falling edge. See
“Clock/SYNC Requirements” on page 124. for detailed
CLK requirements.
E6,
E12
44
6
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
I
Transmit Data - Port 0.
E2,
F4
61
62
TxData0_0
TxData0_1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 0 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 1.
C3,
D4
52
53
TxData1_0
TxData1_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 1 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK
Transmit Data - Port 2.
B5
A4
42
43
TxData2_0
TxData2_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 2 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
81
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 24. RMII Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 3)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Transmit Data - Port 3.
D8,
A6
34
35
TxData3_0
TxData3_1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 3 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 4.
A11,
C10
22
23
TxData4_0
TxData4_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 4 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 5.
B13,
D11
13
14
TxData5_0
TxData5_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 5 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 6.
D13,
A16
4
5
TxData6_0
TxData6_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 6 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
Transmit Data - Port 7.
E14,
C16
203
204
TxData7_0
TxData7_1
Inputs containing 2-bit parallel di-bits to be transmitted
from port 7 are clocked in synchronously to REFCLK.
E3,
B2,
C6,
60
51
41
33
21
12
3
TxEN0
TxEN1
TxEN2
TxEN3
TxEN4
TxEN5
TxEN6
TxEN7
Transmit Enable - Ports 0-7.
A7,
I, ID
Active High input enables respective port transmitter.
This signal must be synchronous to the REFCLK.
B11,
A14,
C14,
D16
202
Receive Data - Port 0.
C2,
B1
55
54
RxData0_0
RxData0_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 1.
A3,
B4
46
45
RxData1_0
RxData1_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 2.
B6,
C7
37
36
RxData2_0
RxData2_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 3.
D9,
B9
28
27
RxData3_0
RxData3_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 4.
A13,
C12
16
15
RxData4_0
RxData4_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 5.
B14,
B15
8
7
RxData5_0
RxData5_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
Datasheet
82
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 24. RMII Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 3 of 3)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Receive Data - Port 6.
C15,
B17
206
205
RxData6_0
RxData6_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
Receive Data - Port 7.
E16,
F14
198
197
RxData7_0
RxData7_1
O, TS
O, TS, ID
Receive data signals (2-bit parallel di-bits) are driven
synchronously to REFCLK.
E4,
C4,
A5,
58
49
39
31
17
10
1
CRS_DV0
CRS_DV1
CRS_DV2
CRS_DV3
CRS_DV4
CRS_DV5
CRS_DV6
CRS_DV7
Carrier Sense/Receive Data Valid - Ports 0-7.
On detection of valid carrier, these signals are
asserted asynchronously with respect to REFCLK.
CRS_DVn is de-asserted on loss of carrier,
synchronous to REFCLK.
B8,
O, TS, SL,
ID
B12,
D12,
B16,
E15
200
Receive Error - Ports 0-7.
These signals are synchronous to the respective
REFCLK. Active High indicates that received code
group is invalid, or that PLL is not locked.
D2,
D5,
D7,
59
50
40
32
20
11
2
RxER0
RxER1
RxER2
RxER3
RxER4
RxER5
RxER6
RxER7
The RxER signals have the following additional
function pins:
C8,
O, TS, SL,
ID, I, ST
RxER0 (MDIX)
A12,
A15,
A17,
D17
RxER1 (PAUSE)
RxER2 (PREASEL)
RxER4 (FIFOSEL0)
RxER5 (FIFOSEL1)
RxER6 {LINKHOLD)
201
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7]_0, RxData[0:7]_1, CRS_DV[0:7] and RxER[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W
Power-Down modes and during H/W reset.
83
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 25. SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions – BGA23
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
BGA23
E2,
C3,
B5,
PQFP
61
52
42
34
22
13
4
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
Transmit Data - Ports 0-7.
D8,
These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to
the network. The LXT9785/9785E clocks the data in
synchronously to REFCLK.
I, ID
A11,
B13,
D13,
E14
203
Reference Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference
clock input. Refer to Functional Description for detailed clock
requirements. REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are always
connected regardless of sectionalization mode.
E6,
44
6
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
I
E12
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
Table 26. SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – BGA23
Pin/Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
SMII Synchronization.
The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK
cycles to synchronize the SMII. SYNC0 is used when 1x8
port sectionalization is selected. SYNC0 and SYNC1 are
to be used when 2x4 port sectionalization is chosen.
A6,
C16
35
204
SYNC0
SYNC1
I, ID
C2,
A3,
B6,
55
46
37
28
16
8
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
D9,
These serial output streams provide data received from
the network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to RXCLK.
O, TS
A13,
B14,
C15,
E16
206
198
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
3. RxData[0:7] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and hardware power-down modes and during hardware
reset.
Datasheet
84
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 27. SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – BGA23
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization.
A6,
C16
35
204
TxSYNC0
TxSYNC1
The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK
cycles to mark the start of TxData segments. TxSYNC0 is
used when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected.
I, ID
SS-SMII Receive Synchronization.
The LXT9785/9785E generates these pulses every 10
RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the
MAC. RxSYNC1 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is
selected. RxSYNC0 may not be used. These outputs are
only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled.
RxSYNC0
RxSYNC1
E4,
B12
58
17
O, TS,
ID
SS-SMII Transmit Clock.
The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing
reference for TxData and TxSYNC. Only TxCLK0 is used
when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. See “Clock/
SYNC Requirements” on page 124. for detailed clock
requirements.
C8,
D17
32
201
TxCLK0
TxCLK1
I, ID
SS-SMII Receive Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E generates these clocks, based on
REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and
RxSYNC to the MAC. RxCLK1 is used when 1x8 port
sectionalization is selected. RxCLK0 may not be used. See
“Clock/SYNC Requirements” on page 124. for detailed clock
requirements. These outputs are only enabled when SS-
SMII mode is enabled.
E3,
B11
60
21
RxCLK0
RxCLK1
O, TS,
ID
B1,
B4,
C7,
54
45
36
27
15
7
RxData0
RxData1
RxData2
RxData3
RxData4
RxData5
RxData6
RxData7
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
B9,
O, TS,
ID
These serial output streams provide data received from
the network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to REFCLK.
C12,
B15,
B17,
F14
205
197
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. RxData[0:7], RxSYNC[0:1], and RxCLK[0:1] outputs are three-stated in Isolation and H/W Power-Down
modes and during H/W reset.
85
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 28. MDIO Control Interface Signals – BGA23
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3,4
BGA23
PQFP
Management Data Input/Output.
Bidirectional serial data channel for communication
between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Only
MDIO0 is used when 1x8 port sectionalization is
selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization mode, MDIO0
accesses ports 0-3 and MDIO1 accesses ports 4-7.
Refer to Figure 21 “Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization”
on page 139.
F3,
A10
64
25
MDIO0
MDIO1
I/O, TS, SL,
IP
Management Data Interrupt.
When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this
Pin indicates status change. Only MDINT0_L is used
when 1x8 port sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port
sectionalization mode, MDINT0_L is associated with
ports 0-3 and MDINT1_L is associated with ports 4-7.
Refer to Figure 21 “Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization”
on page 139.
F1,
C9
67
26
MDINT0_L
MDINT1_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Management Data Clock.
Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum
frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port
sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization
mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register accesses and
MDC1 clocks ports 4-7 register accesses. Refer to
Figure 21 “Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization” on
page 139.
E1,
B10
63
24
MDC0
MDC1
I, ST, ID
Management Disable.
When MDDIS is tied High, the MDIO port is completely
disabled and the Hardware Control Interface pins set
their respective bits at power up and reset.
When MDDIS is pulled Low at power up or reset, via the
internal pull-down resistor or by tieing it to ground, the
Hardware Control Interface Pins control only the initial
or “default” values of their respective register bits. After
the power-up/reset cycle is complete, bit control reverts
to the MDIO serial channel.
L1
84
MDDIS
I, ST, ID
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a Pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. MDIO[0:1] and MDINT[0:1]_L outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
4. Supports the 802.3 MDIO register set. Specific bits in the registers are referenced using an “X.Y” notation,
where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is the bit number (0-15).
Datasheet
86
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 29. Signal Detect – BGA23
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Signal Detect 2.5 Volt Interface.
SD input threshold voltage select.
P1
95
SD_2P5V
I, ST, ID
Tie to VCCPECL = Select 2.5 V LVPECL input levels
Float or Tie to GNDPECL = Select 3.3 V LVPECL input
levels
Signal Detect - Ports 0-7.
P2,
N4,
P3,
96
97
SD0
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
SD6
SD7
Signal Detect input from the fiber transceiver (these inputs
are only active for ports operating in fiber mode).
100
101
161
162
165
166
N5,
I
Logic High = Normal operation (the process of searching
for receive idles for the purpose of bringing link up is
initiated)
P15,
P16,
P17,
N17
Logic Low = Link is declared lost
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode.
3. Tie SD[0:7] inputs to GNDPECL if unused.
Table 30. Network Interface Signal Descriptions – BGA23
Ball/Pin Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description
BGA23
PQFP
Twisted-Pair/Fiber Outputs2, Positive &
Negative, Ports 0-7.
T2, U1,
T3, R4,
T6, U5,
107, 108
111, 110
121, 122
125, 124
136, 137
140, 139
150, 151
154, 153
TPFOP0, TPFON0
TPFOP1, TPFON1
TPFOP2, TPFON2
TPFOP3, TPFON3
TPFOP4, TPFON4
TPFOP5, TPFON5
TPFOP6, TPFON6
TPFOP7, TPFON7
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation,
TPFO pins drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto
the line.
U7, T7,
AO/AI
T10, R10,
T11, U11,
T14,U15,
R14, T15
During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFO pins
produce differential LVPECL outputs for fiber
transceivers.
Twisted-Pair/Fiber Inputs3, Positive &
Negative, Ports 0-7.
R2, T1,
U3, T4,
R6, T5,
T8, R8,
T9, U9,
U13, T12,
R12, T13,
R16, T16
104, 105
115, 114
118, 119
129, 128
132, 133
143, 142
146, 147
157, 156
TPFIP0, TPFIN0
TPFIP1, TPFIN1
TPFIP2, TPFIN2
TPFIP3, TPFIN3
TPFIP4, TPFIN4
TPFIP5, TPFIN5
TPFIP6, TPFIN6
TPFIP7, TPFIN7
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation,
TPFI pins receive differential 100BASE-TX or
10BASE-T signals from the line.
AI/AO
During 100BASE-FX operation, TPFI pins
receive differential LVPECL inputs from fiber
transceivers.
1. Type Column Coding: AI = Analog Input, AO = Analog Output.
2. Switched to Inputs (see TPFIP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is,
twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode].
3. Switched to Outputs (see TPFOP/N description) when not in fiber mode and MDIX is not active [that is,
twisted-pair, non-crossover MDI mode].
87
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 31. JTAG Test Signal Descriptions – BGA23
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Test Data Input.
N14
167
TDI
I, ST, IP
Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK.
Test Data Output.
N15
N16
M16
168
169
170
TDO
TMS
TCK
O, TS
I, ST, IP
I, ST, ID
Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK.
Test Mode Select.
Test Clock.
Clock input for JTAG test.
Test Reset.
M17
171
TRST_L
I, ST, IP
Reset input for JTAG test.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain, TS = Three-State-able output, SMT =
Schmitt Triggered input, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. TDO output is three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
Datasheet
88
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 32. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 4)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
BGA23
PQFP
Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of Register bits
27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read
and overwritten after startup / reset.
These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports
(rise and fall time) as follows:
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
N3,
M4
94
93
I, ST, ID
Slew Rate (Rise and Fall
TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0
Time)
0
0
1
0
1
3.3 ns
3.6 ns
3.9 ns
4.2 ns
0
1
1
Pause Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 4.10 for
all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten
after startup / reset.
When High, the LXT9785/9785E advertises Pause
capabilities on all ports during auto-negotiation.
D5
50
PAUSE
ID, I, ST
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER1. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set Pause active while RxER1 is three-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
Pause state is set inactive via the internal pull-down
resistor.
Power-Down.
When High, forces the LXT9785/9785E into global
power-down mode.
L14
174
175
PWRDWN
RESET_L
I, ST, ID
Pin is not on JTAG chain.
Reset.
This active low input is ORed with the control register
I, ST, IP Reset Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are
M15
forced to inactive state.
Pin is not on JTAG chain.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
89
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 32. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 4)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
BGA23
PQFP
Address <4:0>.
Sets base address. Each port adds its port number
(starting with 0) to this address to determine its PHY
address.
L4,
M2,
M3,
N1,
N2
88
89
90
91
92
ADD_4
ADD_3
ADD_2
ADD_1
ADD_0
Port 0 Address = Base
Port 1 Address = Base + 1
Port 2 Address = Base + 2
Port 3 Address = Base + 3
Port 4 Address = Base + 4
Port 5 Address = Base + 5
Port 6 Address = Base + 6
Port 7 Address = Base + 7
I, ST, ID
Mode Select[1:0].
00 = RMII
01 = SMII
L17,
L16
178
177
MODESEL_1
MODESEL_0
I, ST, ID
I, ST, ID
10 = SS-SMII
11 = Reserved
All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be
mixed and must be all RMII, SMII, or SS-SMII.
Sectionalization Select.
This pin selects sectionalization into separate ports.
0 = 1x8 ports,
L15
176
SECTION
1 = 2x4 ports
Auto MDI/MDIX Enable Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40
“MDIX Selection” on page 118.
K1
83
AMDIX_EN
I, ST, IP
When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX)
(regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports.
When inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the
MDIX pin.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
Datasheet
90
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 32. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 3 of 4)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
BGA23
PQFP
MDIX Select Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 27.8 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 40
“MDIX Selection” on page 118.
When AMDIX_EN is active this pin is ignored.
When AMDIX_EN is inactive, all ports are forced to the
MDI or the MDIX function regardless of segmentation.
If this pin is active (high), MDI crossover (MDIX) is
selected. If this pin is inactive, non-crossover MDI
mode is set.
D2
59
MDIX
I, ID, ST
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER0. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set MDIX active while RxER0 is three-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
MDIX state is set inactive via the internal pull-down
resistor. Do not tie this pin directly to VCCIO (vs. using
a pull-up) in non-RMII modes.
Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of register bits
shown in Table 42 “Global Hardware Configuration
Settings” on page 128 for all ports. These register bits
can be read and overwritten after startup / reset.
L2,
L3,
M1
85
86
87
CFG_3
CFG_2
CFG_1
I, ST, ID
When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins
provide configuration control options for all the ports
(refer to Table 42 “Global Hardware Configuration
Settings” on page 128 for details).
Global FX/TP_L Enable Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.0 for
all ports. These register bits can be read and
M14
173
G_FX/TP_L
I, ST, ID
overwritten after startup / reset. Refer to Table 92 “Port
Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)” on page 207.
This input selects whether all the ports are defaulted to
TP vs. FX mode.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
91
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 32. Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 4 of 4)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2
BGA23
PQFP
FIFO Select <1:0>.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at
that time is used to set the default state of Register bits
18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read
and overwritten after startup/reset.
These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An
external pull-up resistor (see applications section for
value) can be used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active
while RxER<5:4> are three-stated during hardware
reset. If no pull-up is used, the default FIFO select
state is set via the internal pull-down resistors.
A15
A12
11
20
FIFOSEL1
FIFOSEL0
I, ID, ST
See Table 36 “Receive FIFO Depth Configurations” on
page 97.
Preamble Select.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time
is used to set the default state of Register bit 16.5 for
all ports. This register bit can be read and overwritten
after startup/reset.
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER2. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set Preamble Select to active while RxER2 is
three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is
used, the default Preamble Select state is set via the
internal pull-down resistors.
D7
40
PREASEL
I, ID, ST
Note: Preamble select has no effect in 100 Mbps
operation.
LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or
reset. Its value at that time is used to set the default
state of Register bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit
can be read and overwritten after startup / reset. When
High, the LXT9785/9785E powers down all ports.
A17
2
LINKHOLD3
I, ID, ST
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-
up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is tri-stated
during H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default
LINKHOLD state is set inactive via the internal pull-
down resistor.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain Output, ST = Schmitt Triggered Input, TS =
Three-State-able Output, SL = Slew-rate Limited Output, IP = Weak Internal Pull-Up, ID = Weak Internal
Pull-Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during hardware power-down mode.
3. The LINKHOLD ability is available only for stepping 4 (Revision D0).
Datasheet
92
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 33. LED Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
K3,
K2,
J1
82
81
80
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
J4,
J3,
H1
77
76
75
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
H2,
H3,
G1
73
72
71
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
F2,
G3,
G4
70
69
68
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
K16,
K17,
J17
180
181
182
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
4.
93
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 33. LED Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Ball/Pin
Designation
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description2,3
BGA23
PQFP
Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
J15,
J16,
H17
185
186
187
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
H15,
H16,
G17
189
190
191
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
LED6_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED
can display one of several available status conditions
as selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer
to Table 96 “LED Configuration Register (Address 20,
Hex 14)” on page 213 for details).
G15,
F17,
F16
192
193
194
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
OD, TS, SL,
IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
2. The IP/ID resistors are disabled during H/W Power-Down mode. If a pin is an output or an I/O, the IP/ID
resistors are also disabled when the output is enabled.
3. The LED outputs are three-stated in H/W Power-Down mode and during H/W reset.
4.
Table 34. Power Supply Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Ball/Pin Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
BGA23
PQFP
F5,
G13,
J14,
J5
65,
78,
184,
196
Digital Power Supply - Core.
VCCD
–
+2.5 V supply for core digital circuits.
Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring.
A2,
A8,
C1,
C11,
D14
18,
29,
47,
56,
208
+2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital
input circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level
threshold and over-voltage protection, may be
interfaced with 3.3/5.0 V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V,
and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5 V.
VCCIO
–
Digital Power Supply - PECL Signal Detect Inputs.
L5,
L13
98,
164
+2.5/3.3 V supply for PECL Signal Detect input
circuits. If Fiber Mode is not used, tie these pins to
GNDPECL to save power.
VCCPECL
–
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
Datasheet
94
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 34. Power Supply Signal Descriptions – BGA23 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Ball/Pin Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
BGA23
PQFP
N13, P4,
P7, P8,
P9, P10,
P11, P12
103, 116,
117, 130,
131, 144,
145, 158
Analog Power Supply - Receive.
VCCR
VCCT
–
–
+2.5 V supply for all analog receive circuits.
N6, N7,
N9, N11,
N12
Analog Power Supply - Transmit.
109, 123,
138, 152
+2.5 V supply for all analog transmit circuits.
A1, A9,
B3, B7,
C5, C13,
C17, D1,
D3, D6,
D10, D15,
E5, E7,
E9, E11,
E13, E17,
F13, H8,
H9, H10,
J8, J9,
Digital Ground.
66, 79,
183, 195
Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All
ground pins can be tied together using a single ground
plane.
GNDD
–
J10, K8,
K9, K10
9, 19, 30,
38, 48, 57,
74, 188,
Digital GND - I/O Ring.
–
GNDIO
GNDPECL
GNDR
–
–
–
Ground return for digital I/O circuits (VCCIO).
199, 207
Digital GND - PECL Signal Detect Inputs.
M5, M13
99, 163
Ground return for PECL Signal Detect input circuits.
P5, P6,
P13, R7,
R9, R11,
R13, U8
106, 112,
120, 126,
135, 141,
149, 155
Analog Ground - Receive.
Ground return for receive analog supply. All ground
pins can be tied together using a single ground plane.
P14, R1,
R3, R5,
R15, R17,
T17, U2,
U4, U6,
U10, U12,
U14, U16,
U17
Analog Ground - Transmit.
113, 127,
134, 148
GNDT
SGND
–
–
Ground return for transmit analog supply. All ground
pins can be tied together using a single ground plane.
Substrate Ground.
K14
179
Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied
together using a single ground plane.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
95
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 35. Unused/Reserved Pins – BGA23
Pin/Ball Designation
BGA23 PQFP
Symbol
Type1
Signal Description
RMII - No Connection
F15, G2,
G5, G14,
G16, H4,
H14, J2,
NC
NC
–
No Connection.
J13, K4,
K15
SMII - No Connection
A4, A5,
A7, A14,
A16, B1,
B2, B4,
B8, B9,
B11, B12,
B15, B16,
B17, C4,
C6, C7,
C8, C10,
C12, C14,
D4, D11,
NC
NC
–
No Connection
D12, D16,
D17, E3,
E4, E15,
F4, F14,
F15, G2,
G5, G14,
G16, H4,
H14, J2,
J13, K4,
K15
SS-SMII - No Connection
A3, A4,
A5, A7,
A13, A14,
A16, B2,
B6, B8,
B14, B16,
C2, C4,
C6, C10,
C14, C15,
D4, D9,
D11, D12,
D16, E15,
E16, F4,
F15, G2,
G5, G14,
G16, H4,
H14, J2,
J13, K4,
K15
NC
NC
–
No Connection
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down
Datasheet
96
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 36. Receive FIFO Depth Configurations
FIFOSEL1
FIFOSEL0
Register 18.15 Value
Register 18.14 Value
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Datasheet
97
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.5
BGA15 Ball Assignments
The following figure and tables provide the BGA15 ball locations and signal names arranged in
alphanumeric order as follows:
• Figure 6 “196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View)”
• Table 37, “Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name”
on page 99
• Table 38, “Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location
(SMII/SS-SMII)” on page 103
Figure 6. 196-Ball BGA15 Assignments (Top View)
1
A1
B1
2
A2
B2
3
4
5
6
A6
B6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14
A3
B3
A4 A5
B4 B5
A7
B7
A8
B8
A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14
B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
C1
D1
E1
F1
C2
D2
E2
F2
C3
D3
E3
F3
C4 C5
D4 D5
E4 E5
C6
D6
E6
F6
C7
D7
E7
F7
C8
D8
E8
F8
C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14
D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14
E9
E10 E11 E12 E13 E14
F4
F5
F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14
G9 G10 G11 G12 G13 G14
H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14
G
H
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G
H
H1
J1
H2
J2
H3
J3
H4
J4
H5
J5
H6
J6
H7
J7
H8
J8
J9
J10 J11 J12 J13 J14
J
K
L
J
K1
L1
K2
L2
K3
L3
K4
L4
K5
L5
K6
L6
K7
L7
K8
L8
K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K14
L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14
K
L
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14
M
N
P
M
N
P
N1
P1
1
N2
P2
2
N3
P3
3
N4
P4
4
N5
P5
5
N6
P6
6
N7
P7
7
N8
P8
8
N9 N10 N11 N12 N13 N14
P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14
9
10 11 12 13 14
B1532-01
98
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.5.1
BGA15 Ball List
The following tables provide the RMII BGA23 ball locations and signal names arranged in
alphanumeric order as follows:
Table 37 “Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name”
Table 38 “Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/
SS-SMII)”
Table 37. Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Signal Name
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Ball
Type
Ball
Type
I, ST,
ID
I, ST,
ID
ADD_3
ADD_4
P10
N10
K8
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
CFG_2
CFG_3
L9
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
I, ST,
ID
I, ST,
ID
M9
I, ST,
IP
FIFOSEL0
FIFOSEL1
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
F1
C1
A1
A2
A3
B1
B2
B5
B10
D9
D11
E5
E6
E9
E10
F5
I, ID
I, ID
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
AMDIX_EN
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVCC
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
AVSS
D12
E12
F12
G12
H12
J12
K12
L12
E11
F9
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F10
F11
G9
–
–
–
G10
G11
H9
–
F6
–
F7
–
H10
H11
J9
F8
–
G4
G6
G7
G8
H6
H7
H8
J5
–
–
J10
J11
K11
L11
–
–
–
–
I, ST,
ID
CFG_1
M10
Table 39 on page 108
–
–
Datasheet
99
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Ball
Type
Ball
Type
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
J6
J7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
LED6_3_L
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
B9
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
J8
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
A9
D8
B8
A8
C7
A7
B7
D6
B6
A6
D5
K5
K6
K9
K10
L2
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
N1
N11
P1
P11
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
N9
P9
M8
N8
P8
L8
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
P7
N7
M7
P6
N6
M6
LINKHOLD
MDC
B3
P4
ID
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
I, ST,
ID
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
MDINT_L
P5
Table 39 on page 108
IO,TS,
SL, IP
MDIO
N5
C9
E8
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
I, ST,
ID
ModeSel_0
ModeSel_1
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
I, ST,
ID
NC
NC
C4
D1
–
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
100
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Ball
Type
Ball
Type
NC
NC
D2
D10
E4
E7
G2
G5
H1
H5
J4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
I
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
RxData6_S
B4
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
RxData6_SS A4
RxData7_S C5
RxData7_SS C6
Table 39 on page 108
ID
NC
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
NC
O, TS,
Table 39 on page 108
ID
NC
NC
O, TS,
RxSYNC
SGND
E1
C8
K1
Table 39 on page 108
ID
NC
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
NC
SYNC/
TXSYNC
NC
I, ID
NC
K4
K7
L1
I, ST,
ID
TCK
A11
C12
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
NC
NC
I, ST,
IP
TDI
TDO
TMS
NC
L6
C11 O, TS Table 39 on page 108
NC
L10
M4
M5
P2
P3
L4
I, ST,
IP
B11
Table 39 on page 108
NC
NC
TPIN0
TPIN1
TPIN2
TPIN3
TPIN4
TPIN5
TPIN6
TPIN7
TPIP0
TPIP1
TPIP2
TPIP3
TPIP4
TPIP5
TPIP6
TPIP7
TPON0
TPON1
TPON2
TPON3
TPON4
TPON5
TPON6
N12 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
M13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
L14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
H13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
G13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
D14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
C13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
B12 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
P12 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
M14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
L13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
H14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
G14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
D13 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
C14 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
A12 AI/AO Table 39 on page 108
N13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
P14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
K14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
NC
NC
REFCLK0
REFCLK1
C3
I
I, ST,
IP
RESET_L
C10
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
ID
RXCLK
G1
N3
RxData0_S
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
RxData0_SS M3
RxData1_S M2
RxData1_SS M1
Table 39 on page 108
ID
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
Table 39 on page 108
ID
RxData2_S
RxData2_SS
RxData3_S
K2
J2
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
Table 39 on page 108
ID
H3
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
RxData3_SS H2
Table 39 on page 108
ID
RxData4_S
RxData4_SS
RxData5_S
F2
F3
E3
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
J13
AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
O, TS,
Table 39 on page 108
ID
F13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
E14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
A14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
O, TS Table 39 on page 108
RxData5_SS C2
Datasheet
101
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Signal
Name
Reference for Full
Description
Ball
Type
TPON7
TPOP0
TPOP1
TPOP2
TPOP3
TPOP4
TPOP5
TPOP6
TPOP7
B13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
P13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
N14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
K13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
J14
AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
F14 AO, AI Table 39 on page 108
E13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
B14 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
A13 AO/AI Table 39 on page 108
I, ST,
TRST_L
A10
Table 39 on page 108
IP
TXCLK
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
J3
N4
N2
K3
J1
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
I, ID
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
G3
E2
D3
A5
I, ST,
ID
TXSLEW_0 M11
TXSLEW_1 M12
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
I,ST,
ID
VCCD
VCCD
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
VCCIO
D7
L7
D4
F4
H4
L3
L5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
Table 39 on page 108
102
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 38 shows the ball locations and signal names arranged in order by ball location.
Table 38. Intel® LXT9785MBC BGA15 Ball List in Alphanumeric Order by Ball Location (SMII/
SS-SMII)
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Ball Signal Name Type
Ball Signal Name Type
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
GNDD
GNDD
–
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
B7
B8
B9
LED6_2_L
LED5_1_L
LED4_1_L
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
GNDD
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
RxData6_SS
TxData7
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ID
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
C1
GNDD
TMS
–
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
I, ST,
IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
A6
A7
A8
A9
LED7_2_L
LED6_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED4_2_L
Table 39 on
page 108
TPIN7
AI/AO
AO/AI
AO/AI
I, ID
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TPON7
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TPOP6
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
FIFOSEL1
RxData5_SS
REFCLK1
NC
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
C2
I, ST,
IP
Table 39 on
page 108
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
B1
TRST_L
TCK
Table 39 on
page 108
C3
I
–
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
C4
Table 39 on
page 108
TPIP7
AI/AO
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
Table 39 on
page 108
C5
RxData7_S
RxData7_SS
O, TS
Table 39 on
page 108
TPOP7
TPON6
GNDD
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
C6
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
C7
LED5_3_L
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
B2
GNDD
–
C8
C9
SGND
ModeSel_0
RESET_L
TDO
–
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
B3
LINKHOLD
RxData6_S
GNDD
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
IP
Table 39 on
page 108
B4
O, TS
–
C10
C11
C12
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
B5
O, TS
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
I, ST,
IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TDI
B6
LED7_1_L
Datasheet
103
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Reference for Full
Description
Ball Signal Name Type
Ball Signal Name Type
Description
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
C13
C14
D1
TPIN6
TPIP6
NC
AI/AO
E7
E8
NC
ModeSel_1
GNDD
–
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
AI/AO
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
–
–
E9
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
D2
NC
E10
E11
E12
E13
E14
F1
GNDD
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
D3
TxData6
VCCIO
I, ID
–
AVSS
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
D4
AVCC
–
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TPOP5
TPON5
FIFOSEL0
RxData4_S
RxData4_SS
VCCIO
GNDD
AO/AI
AO/AI
I, ID
O, TS
D5
LED7_3_L
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
D6
D7
D8
LED6_3_L
VCCD
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
–
Table 39 on
page 108
F2
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
LED4_3_L
F3
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F4
–
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
E1
GNDD
NC
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F5
–
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F6
GNDD
–
GNDD
AVCC
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F7
GNDD
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F8
GNDD
–
TPIP5
AI/AO
AI/AO
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
F9
AVSS
–
TPIN5
RxSYNC
TxData5
RxData5_S
NC
Table 39 on
page 108
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
G1
G2
AVSS
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVSS
E2
I, ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVCC
–
E3
O, TS
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TPON4
TPOP4
RXCLK
NC
AO/AI
AO, AI
E4
–
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
E5
GNDD
GNDD
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
E6
Table 39 on
page 108
–
104
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Description
Reference for Full
Description
Ball Signal Name Type
Ball Signal Name Type
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G3
G4
TxData4
GNDD
NC
I, ID
H13
H14
J1
TPIN3
TPIP3
AI/AO
AI/AO
I, ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G5
–
TxData3
RxData2_SS
TXCLK
NC
Table 39 on
page 108
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
G6
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
AVSS
–
J2
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G7
–
J3
I, ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G8
–
J4
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G9
–
J5
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
AVSS
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
G10
G11
G12
G13
G14
H1
AVSS
–
J6
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVSS
–
–
J7
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVCC
TPIN4
TPIP4
NC
J8
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
J9
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
J10
J11
J12
J13
J14
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
AVSS
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVSS
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H2
RxData3_SS
RxData3_S
VCCIO
NC
AVCC
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H3
O, TS
TPON3
TPOP3
AO/AI
AO/AI
I, ID
O, TS
I, ID
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
SYNC/
TXSYNC
Table 39 on
page 108
H5
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H6
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
AVSS
RxData2_S
TxData2
NC
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H7
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H8
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H9
GNDD
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
H10
H11
H12
AVSS
GNDD
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AVSS
NC
–
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
IP
Table 39 on
page 108
AVCC
AMDIX_EN
Datasheet
105
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Reference for Full
Description
Ball Signal Name Type
Ball Signal Name Type
Description
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
K9
K10
K11
K12
K13
K14
L1
GNDD
GNDD
AVSS
–
M4
M5
NC
NC
–
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
–
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
–
Table 39 on
page 108
M6
M7
M8
LED3_3_L
LED2_3_L
LED0_3_L
Table 39 on
page 108
AVCC
TPOP2
TPON2
NC
–
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AO/AI
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
AO/AI
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
–
–
–
I
M9
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
N1
CFG_3
CFG_1
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
L2
GNDD
VCCIO
REFCLK0
VCCIO
NC
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
L3
TXSLEW_0
TXSLEW_1
TPIN1
Table 39 on
page 108
I,ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
L4
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
L5
–
–
–
AI/AO
AI/AO
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
L6
TPIP1
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
L7
VCCD
GNDD
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
N2
TxData1
RxData0_S
TxData0
I, ID
L8
LED1_3_L
Table 39 on
page 108
N3
O, TS
I, ID
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
L9
CFG_2
NC
Table 39 on
page 108
N4
Table 39 on
page 108
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
M1
–
–
IO,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
N5
N6
N7
N8
MDIO
AVSS
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
AVCC
–
Table 39 on
page 108
LED3_2_L
LED2_2_L
LED1_1_L
Table 39 on
page 108
TPIP2
AI/AO
AI/AO
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
TPIN2
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
RxData1_SS
RxData1_S
RxData0_SS
Table 39 on
page 108
M2
O, TS
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
N9
LED0_1_L
ADD_4
O, TS,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
M3
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
N10
106
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Reference for Full
Ball Signal Name Type
Description
Table 39 on
page 108
N11
N12
N13
N14
P1
GNDD
TPIN0
TPON0
TPOP1
GNDD
NC
–
AI/AO
AO/AI
AO/AI
–
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
Table 39 on
page 108
P2
–
Table 39 on
page 108
P3
NC
–
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
P4
MDC
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
MDINT_L
LED3_1_L
LED2_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED0_2_L
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
OD,
TS,
SL, IP
Table 39 on
page 108
I, ST,
ID
Table 39 on
page 108
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
ADD_3
GNDD
TPIP0
Table 39 on
page 108
–
Table 39 on
page 108
AI/AO
AO/AI
AO/AI
Table 39 on
page 108
TPOP0
TPON1
Table 39 on
page 108
Datasheet
107
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3.6
BGA15 Signal Descriptions
3.6.1
Signal Name Conventions
Signal names may contain either a port designation or a serial designation, or a combination of the
two designations. Signal naming conventions are as follows:
• Port Number Only. Individual signals that apply to a particular port are designated by the
Signal Mnemonic, immediately followed by the Port Designation. For example, Transmit
Enable signals would be identified as TxEN0, TxEN1, and TxEN2.
• Serial Number Only. A set of signals which are not tied to any specific port are designated by
the Signal Mnemonic, followed by an underscore and a serial designation. For example, a set
of three Global Configuration signals would be identified as CFG_1, CFG_2, and CFG_3.
• Port and Serial Number. In cases where each port is assigned a set of multiple signals, each
signal is designated in the following order: Signal Mnemonic, Port Designation, an
underscore, and the serial designation. For example, a set of three Port Configuration signals
would be identified as RxData0_0 and RxData0_1, RxData1_0 and RxData1_1, and
RxData2_0 and RxData2_1.
3.6.2
Signal Descriptions – SMII and SS-SMII Configurations
Table 39 provides the BGA15 signal descriptions.
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 1 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
SMII/SS-SMII Common Signal Descriptions
TxData0
TxData1
TxData2
TxData3
TxData4
TxData5
TxData6
TxData7
N4,
N2,
K3,
J1,
G3,
E2,
D3,
A5
Transmit Data - Ports 0-7.
These serial input streams provide data to be transmitted to
the network. The LXT9785/9785E clocks the data in
synchronously to REFCLK.
I, ID
Reference Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E always requires a 125 MHz reference
clock input. Refer to Section 4.4.2, “Clock/SYNC
Requirements” on page 124 for detailed clock
requirements.
REFCLK1
REFCLK0
C3
L4
I
SMII Specific Signal Descriptions
SMII Synchronization.
SYNC
K1
I, ID
The MAC must generate a SYNC pulse every 10 REFCLK
cycles to synchronize the SMII.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
108
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 2 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
RxData0_S
RxData1_S
RxData2_S
RxData3_S
RxData4_S
RxData5_S
RxData6_S
RxData7_S
N3,
M2,
K2,
H3,
F2,
E3,
B4,
C5
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
These serial output streams provide data received from the
network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to REFCLK.
O, TS
SS-SMII Specific Signal Descriptions
SS-SMII Transmit Synchronization.
TxSYNC
RxSYNC
K1
E1
I, ID
The MAC must generate a TxSYNC pulse every 10 TxCLK
cycles to mark the start of TxData segments.
SS-SMII Receive Synchronization.
O, TS,
ID
The LXT9785/9785E generates these pulses every 10
RxCLK cycles to mark the start of RxData segments for the
MAC.
SS-SMII Transmit Clock.
The MAC sources this 125 MHz clock as the timing
reference for TxData and TxSYNC. See “Clock/SYNC
Requirements” on page 124 for detailed clock requirements.
TxCLK
RxCLK
J3
I, ID
SS-SMII Receive Clock.
The LXT9785/9785E generates these clocks, based on
REFCLK, to provide a timing reference for RxData and
RxSYNC to the MAC. See “Clock/SYNC Requirements” on
page 124 for detailed clock requirements. These outputs are
only enabled when SS-SMII mode is enabled.
O, TS,
ID
G1
RxData0_SS
RxData1_SS
RxData2_SS
RxData3_SS
RxData4_SS
RxData5_SS
RxData6_SS
RxData7_SS
M3,
M1,
J2,
H2,
F3,
C2,
A4,
C6
Receive Data - Ports 0-7.
O, TS,
ID
These serial output streams provide data received from the
network. The LXT9785/9785E drives the data out
synchronously to REFCLK.
MDIO Control Interface Signal Descriptions
Management Data Input/Output.
I/O, TS,
SL, IP
Bidirectional serial data channel for communication
between the PHY and MAC or switch ASIC. Refer to
Figure 21 on page 139.
MDIO
N5
P5
Management Data Interrupt.
OD, TS,
SL,
When Register bit 18.1 = 1, an active Low output on this
Pin indicates status change. Refer to Figure 21 on page 139.
MDINT_L
IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
Datasheet
109
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 3 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
Management Data Clock.
Clock for the MDIO serial data channel. Maximum
frequency is 20 MHz. Only MDC0 is used when 1x8 port
sectionalization is selected. In 2x4 port sectionalization
mode, MDC0 clocks ports 0-3 register accesses and MDC1
clocks ports 4-7 register accesses. Refer to Figure 21 on
page 139.
MDC
P4
I, ST, ID
Network Interface Signal Description
TPOP0, TPON0
TPOP1, TPON1
TPOP2, TPON2
TPOP3, TPON3
TPOP4, TPON4
TPOP5, TPON5
TPOP6, TPON6
TPOP7, TPON7
P13, N13,
N14, P14,
K13, K14,
J14, J13,
F14, F13,
E13, E14,
B14, A14,
A13, B13
Twisted-Pair Outputs2, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7.
AO/AI
AI/AO
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPO pins
drive 802.3 compliant pulses onto the line.
TPIP0, TPIN0
TPIP1, TPIN1
TPIP2, TPIN2
TPIP3, TPIN3
TPIP4, TPIN4
TPIP5, TPIN5
TPIP6, TPIN6
TPIP7, TPIN7
P12, N12,
M14, M13,
L13, L14,
H14, H13,
G14, G13,
D13, D14,
C14, C13,
A12, B12
Twisted-Pair Inputs3, Positive & Negative, Ports 0-7.
During 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T operation, TPI pins
receive differential 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T signals from
the line.
JTAG Test Signal Description
Test Data Input.
TDI
C12
I, ST, IP
Test data sampled with respect to the rising edge of TCK.
Test Data Output.
TDO
TMS
TCK
C11
B11
A11
O, TS
Test data driven with respect to the falling edge of TCK.
I, ST, IP Test Mode Select.
Test Clock.
I, ST, ID
Clock input for JTAG test.
Test Reset.
TRST_L
A10
I, ST, IP
Reset input for JTAG test.
Miscellaneous Signal Description
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
110
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 4 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
Tx Output Slew Controls 0 and 1 Defaults.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that
time is used to set the default state of Register bits
27.11:10 for all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset.
These pins select the TX output slew rate for all ports (rise
and fall time) as follows:
TxSLEW_0
TxSLEW_1
M11,
M12
I, ST, ID
Slew Rate (Rise and Fall
TxSLEW_1 TxSLEW_0
Time)
0
0
1
0
1
3.3 ns
3.6 ns
3.9 ns
4.2 ns
0
1
1
Reset.
This active low input is ORed with the control register Reset
RESET_L
C10
I, ST, IP Register bit 0.15. When held Low, all outputs are forced to
inactive state.
Pin is not on JTAG chain.
Address <4:3>.
Sets base address to one of the following four possible
addresses:
•
•
•
•
00000
01000
10000
11000
ADD_4
ADD_3
N10,
P10
Each port adds its port number (starting with 0) to this
address to determine its PHY address.
I, ST, ID
Port 0 Address = Base
Port 1 Address = Base + 1
Port 2 Address = Base + 2
Port 3 Address = Base + 3
Port 4 Address = Base + 4
Port 5 Address = Base + 5
Port 6 Address = Base + 6
Port 7 Address = Base + 7
Mode Select[1:0].
00 = Reserved
01 = SMII
MODESEL_1
MODESEL_0
E8
C9,
I, ST, ID
10 = SS-SMII
11 = Reserved
All ports are configured the same. Interfaces cannot be
mixed and must be all SMII or SS-SMII.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
Datasheet
111
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 5 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
Auto MDI/MDIX Enable Default.
This pin is read at startup or reset. Its value at that time is
used to set the default state of Register bit 27.9 for all ports.
These register bits can be read and overwritten after
startup / reset. Refer to Table 40 on page 118.
AMDIX_EN
K8
I, ST, IP
When active (High), automatic MDI crossover (MDIX)
(regardless of segmentation) is selected for all ports. When
inactive (Low) MDIX is selected according to the MDIX pin.
Global Port Configuration Defaults 1-3.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that
time is used to set the default state of register bits shown in
Table 42, “Global Hardware Configuration Settings” on
CFG_1
CFG_2
CFG_3
M10,
L9,
M9
I, ST, ID page 128 for all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset.
When operating in Hardware Control Mode, these pins
provide configuration control options for all the ports (refer
to page 128 for details).
FIFO Select <1:0>.
These pins are read at startup or reset. Their value at that
time is used to set the default state of Register bits
18.15:14 for all ports. These register bits can be read and
overwritten after startup/reset.
These pins are shared with RMII-RxER<5:4>. An external
FIFOSEL1
FIFOSEL0
C1,
F1
I, ID, ST
pull-up resistor (see applications section for value) can be
used to set FIFO Select<1:0> to active while RxER<5:4>
are three-stated during hardware reset. If no pull-up is
used, the default FIFO select state is set via the internal
pull-down resistors.
See Table 36, “Receive FIFO Depth Configurations” on
page 97.
LINKHOLD Default. This pin is read at startup or reset. Its
value at that time is used to set the default state of Register
bit 0.11 for all ports. This register bit can be read and
overwritten after startup / reset. When High, the LXT9785/
9785E powers down all ports.
LINKHOLD
B3
I, ID, ST
This pin is shared with RMII-RxER6. An external pull-up
resistor (see applications section for value) can be used to
set LINKHOLD active while RxER6 is three-stated during
H/W reset. If no pull-up is used, the default LINKHOLD
state is set inactive via the internal pull-down resistor.
LED Signal Descriptions
Port 0 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 0. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED0_1_L
LED0_2_L
LED0_3_L
N9
P9
M8
OD, TS,
SL, IP
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
112
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 6 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
Port 1 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 1. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED1_1_L
LED1_2_L
LED1_3_L
N8
P8
L8
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 2 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 2. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED2_1_L
LED2_2_L
LED2_3_L
P7
N7
M7
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 3 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 3. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED3_1_L
LED3_2_L
LED3_3_L
P6
N6
M6
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 4 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 4. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED4_1_L
LED4_2_L
LED4_3_L
B9
A9
D8
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 5 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 5. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED5_1_L
LED5_2_L
LED5_3_L
B8
A8
C7
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 6 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 6. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED6_1_L
LED6_2_L
LED6_3_L
A7
B7
D6
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Port 7 LED Drivers 1-3.
These pins drive LED indicators for Port 7. Each LED can
display one of several available status conditions as
selected by the LED Configuration Register (refer to
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex
14)” on page 213 for details).
LED7_1_L
LED7_2_L
LED7_3_L
B6
A6
D5
OD, TS,
SL, IP
Power Supply Signal Descriptions
D12, E12,
F12, G12,
H12, J12,
K12, L12,
Analog Power Supply.
AVCC
–
+2.5 V supply for analog circuits.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
Datasheet
113
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 39. Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal Descriptions (Sheet 7 of 7)
BGA15 Ball
Designation
Symbol
Type
Signal Description
E11, F9, F10,
F11, G9, G10,
G11, H9, H10,
H11, J9, J10,
J11, K11, L11
Analog Ground.
AVSS
–
–
Ground return for analog supply (AVCC). all grounds can
be tied together using a single ground plane.
Digital Power Supply - Core.
VCCD
D7, L7
+2.5 V supply for core digital circuits.
Digital Power Supply - I/O Ring.
+2.5/3.3 V supply for digital I/O circuits. The digital input
circuits running off of this rail, having a TTL-level threshold
and over-voltage protection, may be interfaced with 3.3/5.0
V, when the IO supply is 3.3 V, and 2.5/3.3/5.0 V when 2.5
V.
D4, F4, H4,
L3, L5,
VCCIO
–
A1, A2, A3,
B1, B2, B5,
B10, D9, D11,
E5, E6, E9,
E10, F5, F6,
F7, F8, G4,
G6, G7, G8,
H6, H7, H8,
J5, J6, J7, J8,
K5, K6, K9,
K10, L2, N1,
N11, P1, P11
Digital Ground.
GNDD
–
–
Ground return for core digital supplies (VCCD). All ground
pins can be tied together using a single ground plane.
Substrate Ground.
SGND
C8
Ground for chip substrate. All ground pins can be tied
together using a single ground plane.
Unused/Reserved Balls
C4, D1, D2,
D10, E4, E7,
G2, G5, H1,
H5, J4, K4,
K7, L1, L6,
L10, M4, M5,
P2, P3
NC
–
No Connection.
1. Type Column Coding: I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain output, ST = Schmitt Triggered input, TS =
Three-State-able output, SL = Slew-rate Limited output, IP = weak Internal Pull-up, ID = weak Internal pull-
Down.
114
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.0
Functional Description
4.1
Introduction
The Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E is an 8-port Fast Ethernet 10/100 PHY transceiver that supports
10 Mbps and 100 Mbps networks, complying with all applicable requirements of IEEE 802.3
standards. The device incorporates a Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII), Source
Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII), and a Reduced Serial Independent
Interface (RMII) to enable each individual network port to interface with multiple 10/100 MACs.
Each port directly drives either a 100BASE-TX line or a 10BASE-T line. The LXT9785/9785E
also supports 100BASE-FX operation via an LVPECL interface. The device has a 241-ball BGA, a
208-pin QFP, or a 196-ball BGA package.
The 196-ball BGA package (BGA15) is a reduced feature-set product designated as the
LXT9785MBC. The BGA15 package does not support the following features:
• RMII
• Fiber
• Sectionalization
• Hardware control pins:
— PAUSE
— MDIX
— MDDIS
— PWRDWN
— Lower three PHY address (out of five PHY address bits)
• Extended temperature
Note: Unless otherwise noted, all information in this document applies to the LXT9785 and LXT9785E.
4.1.1
OSP™ Architecture
The Intel LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates high-efficiency Optimal Signal Processing™ design
techniques, combining the best properties of digital and analog signal processing to produce a truly
optimal device.
The receiver utilizes decision feedback equalization to increase noise and cross-talk immunity by
as much as 3 dB over an ideal all-analog equalizer. Using OSP mixed-signal processing techniques
in the receive equalizer avoids the quantization noise and calculation truncation errors found in
traditional DSP-based receivers (typically complex DSP engines with A/D converters). The result
is improved receiver noise and cross-talk performance.
The OSP architecture also requires substantially less computational logic than traditional DSP-
based designs. The result is lower power consumption and reduced logic switching noise generated
by DSP engines clocked at speeds up to 125 MHz. The logic switching noise can be a considerable
source of EMI when generated from the device’s power supplies.
Datasheet
115
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
The OSP-based LXT9785/LXT9785E provides improved data recovery, EMI performance and
power consumption.
4.1.2
Comprehensive Functionality
The LXT9785/LXT9785E performs all functions of the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and
Physical Media Attachment (PMA) sublayer as defined in the IEEE 802.3 100BASE-X
specification. This device also performs all functions of the Physical Media Dependent (PMD)
sublayer for 100BASE-TX connections.
On power-up, the LXT9785/LXT9785E reads its configuration inputs to check for forced operation
settings. If not configured for forced operation, each port uses auto-negotiation/parallel detection to
automatically determine line operating conditions. If the PHY device on the other side of the link
supports auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E auto-negotiates with it using Fast Link Pulse
(FLP) Bursts. If the PHY partner does not support auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E
automatically detects the presence of either link pulses (10 Mbps PHY) or Idle symbols (100 Mbps
PHY) and set its operating conditions accordingly.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides half-duplex and full-duplex operation at 100 Mbps and 10
Mbps.
4.1.2.1
Sectionalization
The LXT9785/LXT9785E’s sectional design allows flexibility with large multiport MACs and
ASICs. With the use of the Section pin, the LXT9785/LXT9785E can be configured into a single 8-
port or two separate 4-port sections, each with its own MDIO (with separate MDC clock) and MII
data (with separate REFCLK/TxCLK/RxCLK clocks) interfaces. See Figure 16, “Typical SMII
Quad Sectionalization” on page 133, Figure 21, “Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization” on
page 139, and Figure 26, “Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization” on page 143.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support sectionalization.
4.2
Interface Descriptions
4.2.1
10/100 Network Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps (10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX)
Ethernet over twisted-pair, or 100 Mbps (100BASE-FX) Ethernet over fiber media. Each network
interface port consists of four external pins (two differential signal pairs). The pins are shared
between twisted-pair (TP) and fiber. The LXT9785/LXT9785E pinout is designed to interface
seamlessly with dual-high stacked RJ-45 connectors. Refer to Table 11, “Network Interface Signal
Descriptions – PQFP” on page 41 for specific pin assignments.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E output drivers generate either 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-T, or 100BASE-
FX output. When not transmitting data, the device generates IEEE 802.3-compliant link pulses or
idle code. Input signals are decoded either as a 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, or 10BASE-T input,
depending on the mode selected. Auto-negotiation/parallel detection or manual control is used to
determine the speed of this interface.
116
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 7. Interface Signals
TXENn
TXDn_0
TXDn_1
TXCLK
RXCLK
RXDn_1
TPFOPn
TPFONn
Network
Interface
DATA
Interface
TPFIPn
TPFINn
RXDn_0
RXERn
CRS_DVn
MDIOn
MDCn
MDIO
Management
Interface
MDINTn
MDDIS
Direct Drive
LEDn_1
Port LEDs/
Controls
LEDn_2
LEDn_3
+3.3V
OR
+2.5V
MDIX_Enb
Mode Select
ADD[4:0]
Addr &
MDIX/
Contr
VCCIO
VCCD
GNDD
+2.5V
.01uF
B3369-01
4.2.1.1
Twisted-Pair Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports either 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T connections over 100 Ω,
Category 5, Unshielded Twisted-Pair (UTP). Only a transformer, RJ-45, and bypass capacitors are
required to complete this interface. Using Intel's patented waveshaping technology, the transmitter
shapes the outgoing signal to help reduce the need for external EMI filters. Four slew rate settings
(refer to Table 13, “Miscellaneous Signal Descriptions – PQFP” on page 42) allow the designer to
match the output waveform to the magnetic characteristics. Both transmit and receive terminations
are built into the LXT9785/LXT9785E so no external components are required between the
LXT9785/LXT9785E and the external transformer. The transmitter uses a transformer with a
center tap to help reduce power consumption.
When operating at 100 Mbps, MLT3 symbols are continuously transmitted and received. When not
transmitting data, the LXT9785/LXT9785E generates “IDLE” symbols.
During 10 Mbps operation, LXT9785/LXT9785E encoded data is exchanged. When no data are
being exchanged, the line is left in an idle state with NLPs transmitted to maintain link.
Datasheet
117
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.2.1.2
MDI Crossover (MDIX)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E crossover function, which is compliant to the IEEE 802.3, clause 23
standard, connects the transmit output of the device to the far-end receiver in a link segment. This
function can be disabled via Register bits 27.9:8 or by using the hardware configuration pins.
Table 40. MDIX Selection
AMDIX_EN
MDIX
MDIX Mode
0
0
1
0
1
MDI forced
MDIX forced
X
Auto MDI/MDIX
Note: The BGA15 package does not support MDIX hardware configuration. Software must be used to
control the function after power-up.
4.2.1.3
Fiber Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E fiber ports are designed to interface with common industry-standard 3.3
V and 5 V fiber transceivers. Each of the 8 ports incorporates a Low-Voltage PECL interface that
complies with the ANSI X3.166 standard for seamless integration.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the fiber interface.
Fiber mode is selected through Register bit 16.0 by the following two methods:
1. Configure Register bit 16.0 = 1 on a global basis (all 8 ports) by driving the Hardware Control
pin G_FX/TP_L to a logic High value on power-up and/or reset.
2. Configure Register bit 16.0 = 1 on a per-port basis through the MDIO interface.
The fiber interface is capable of full-duplex or half-duplex operation. In half duplex, operation
collisions must be managed by external Layer 2 logic (MAC). Auto negotiation is not supported for
fiber mode.
4.3
Media Independent Interface (MII) Interfaces
The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports Reduced MII or Serial MII, but not concurrently. The interface
mode selection pins configures the device for either RMII or SMII/SS-SMII on all eight ports.
Refer to Table 41 for the mode select settings.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the RMII interface.
4.3.1
Global MII Mode Select
The mode select pins are used for MII interface configuration settings upon power-up sequencing.
All ports are configured the same and cannot be intermixed.
118
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 41. MII Mode Select
ModeSel1
ModeSel0
RMII1
SMII
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
SS-SMII
Reserved
1. Invalid for the BGA15 package.
4.3.2
Internal Loopback
Register bit 0.14 must be set to enable internal loopback operation. Register bits 16.14 and 0.8
must be set for 10 Mbps operation. Intel recommends that auto-negotiation be disabled while
internal loopback is enabled. The normal auto-negotiation process code word exchange cannot be
completed.The following two-step sequence is recommended for the most efficient mode change
when enabling forced 100 Mbps internal loopback mode directly from auto-negotiation mode:
1. Write Register 0 with 0x2100h (forced 100 Mbps), and
2. Write Register 0 with 0x6100h (enable internal loopback with forced 100 Mbps)
This two-step process ensures the 100 Mbps link comes up quickly. If the one-write process of
writing 0x6100h is followed, it may take up to 1.5 seconds before link is established and data is
received on the port. The 1.5 second delay is due to the IEEE auto-negotiation Break Link Timer
(BLT) requirement. The timer must expire before link is established when changing modes directly
from auto-negotiation to internal loopback forced 100 Mbps mode. Use the above two-step process
to eliminate the auto-negotiation BLT timer requirement.
Figure 8. Internal Loopback
LXT9785/9785E
Fx
Driver
RMII/
SMII/
SS-
SMII
inter
face
Analog
Digital
Block
Loopback
Block
Tx
Driver
4.3.3
RMII Data Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a separate RMII for each network port, each complying with
the RMII Specification, Revision 1.2. The RMII includes both a data interface and an MDIO
management interface. The RMII Data Interface exchanges data between the LXT9785/LXT9785E
and up to eight Media Access Controllers (MACs).
Datasheet
119
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.3.4
Serial Media Independent Interface (SMII) and Source Synchronous-
Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII)
4.3.4.1
SMII Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an independent serial interface for each network port,
complying with the Serial-MII Specification, Revision 1.2. All SMII ports use a common reference
clock and SYNC signal. The SMII Data Interface exchanges data between the LXT9785/
LXT9785E and multiple Media Access Controllers (MACs). All signals are synchronous to the
reference clock. One SYNC control stream is sourced by the MAC to the PHY. Both the transmit
and receive data streams are segmented into boundaries delimited by the SYNC pulses. This
interface is expected to drive up to 6 inches of trace lengths.
4.3.4.2
4.3.5
4.3.6
Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface
The new revision to the SMII interface, SS-SMII, allows for a longer trace length and helps to
relieve timing constraints, requiring the addition of four new signals, TxCLK, TxSYNC, RxCLK,
and RxSYNC. The transmit TxCLK and TxSYNC are sourced from the MAC to the PHY and
referenced to the REFCLK input. The receive RxCLK and RxSYNC are sourced by the PHY to the
MAC and in reference to the REFCLK.
Configuration Management Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an MDIO Management Interface and a Hardware Control
Interface (via the CFG pins) for device configuration and management. Mode control selection is
provided via the MDDIS pin as shown in Table 9, “MDIO Control Interface Signals – PQFP” on
page 40. When sectionalization (2x4) is selected, separate MDIO interfaces are enabled (see
Figure 13 on page 126).
MII Isolate
In applications where the MII must be isolated from the bus, the RMII and the SMII/SS-SMII
configurations can be three-stated using Register 0.10. On each individual port, Register bit 0.10
controls the isolation of the transmit and receive data signals for that port. Register bit 0.10 on ports
0 and 4 isolate the RxCLKn/TxCLKn and SYNC signals.
When 1x8 sectionalization is selected, TxCLK0, TxSYNC0, RxCLK1, and RxSYNC1 are used for
the clocking and synchronization interface. Port 4 controls the isolation of RxCLK0, RxCLK1,
RxSYNC0, and RxSYNC1, and must be used to isolate the receive clock and synchronization
interface.
When 2x4 sectionalization is selected, TxCLK0, TxSNC0, RxCLK0, and TxCLK0 are used for
Port 0 through Port 3 and TxCLK1, TxSYNC1, RxCLK1, and RxSYNC1 are used for Port 4
through Port 7. Port 0 must be isolated to isolate the receive clock and synchronization interface for
Port 0 through Port 3. Port 4 must be isolated to isolate Port 4 through Port 7.
4.3.7
MDIO Management Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E supports the IEEE 802.3 MII Management Interface, also known as the
Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Interface. This interface allows upper-layer devices to
monitor and control the state of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. The MDIO interface consists of a
120
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
physical connection, a specific protocol that runs across the connection, and an internal set of
addressable registers. Some registers are required and their functions are defined by the IEEE
802.3 specification. Additional registers allow for expanded functionality. Specific bits in the
registers are referenced using an “X.Y” notation, where X is the register number (0-32) and Y is
the bit number (0-15).
The physical interface consists of a data line (MDIO) and clock line (MDC). Operation of this
interface is controlled by the MDDIS input pin. When MDDIS is High, all the MDIOs are
completely disabled. The Hardware Control Interface provides primary configuration control.
When MDDIS is Low, the MDIO port is enabled for both read and write operations and the
Hardware Control Interface is not used.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the MDDIS pin.
The timing for the MDIO Interface is shown in Table 79, “MDIO Timing Parameters” on page 197.
MDIO read and write cycles are shown in Figure 9, “Management Interface Read Frame Structure”
on page 121 and Figure 10, “Management Interface Write Frame Structure” on page 121.
Figure 9. Management Interface Read Frame Structure
MDC
MDIO
(Read)
High Z
D0
A4
A3
A0
R4
R3
R0
D14 D1
D15
Z
0
0
1
1
0
32 "1"s
Turn
Around
Data
Read
Idle
Preamble
ST
Op Code
PHY Address
Register Address
Write
Figure 10. Management Interface Write Frame Structure
MDC
MDIO
(Write)
A4
A3
A0
R4
R3
Register Address
R0
D15
D14
D1
D0
32 "1"s
0
1
0
1
0
1
Turn
Around
Idle
Preamble
ST
Op Code
PHY Address
Data
Idle
Write
The protocol allows one controller to communicate with multiple LXT9785/LXT9785E chips. Pins
ADD_<4:0> determine the base address. Each port adds its port number to the base address to
obtain its port address as shown in Figure 11.
The BGA15 package uses a similar scheme where the ADD_[2:0] bits internally set to 0 and the
ADD_[4:3] bits are used to select from four base addresses (0x00000b, 0x01000b, 0x10000b, or
0x11000b.
Datasheet
121
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 11. Port Address Scheme
BASE ADD_<4:0>
(example ADD_<4:0> = 4)
LXT9785/9785E
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+0)
ex. 4
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
Port 7
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+1)
ex. 5
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+2)
ex. 6
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+3)
ex. 7
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+4)
ex. 8
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+5)
ex. 9
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+6)
ex. 10
PHY ADD_<4:0> (BASE+7)
ex. 11
4.3.8
MII Sectionalization
When sectionalized into two quad sections, the MDIO bus splits into two separate PHY access
ports. Ports 0-3 of the MDIO section operate independently of ports 4-7. The MII isolate function
is unaffected and operates normally. Sectionalization is selected by pulling pin 176 (Section) High
on the initial power-up sequence (refer to Figure 13). In applications that need sectionalization,
such as 1x8 and 2x4 and have a single MDIO bus structure, it is necessary that the addressing
scheme be contiguous. For example, the first eight ports are addressed 0-7, so the next four ports
must be addressed 8-11.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the MII sectionalization feature.
4.3.9
MII Interrupts
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a single per-section interrupt pin that is available to all ports.
Interrupt logic is shown in Figure 12. The LXT9785/LXT9785E also provides two dedicated
interrupt registers for each port. Register 18 provides interrupt enable and mask functions and
Register 19 provides interrupt status. Setting Register bit 18.1 = 1 enables a port to request
interrupt via the MDINT_L pin. An active Low on this pin indicates a status change on the device.
Because it is a shared interrupt, there is no indication which port is requesting interrupt service (see
Figure 12).
There are five conditions that may cause an interrupt:
122
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
• Auto-negotiation complete.
• Speed status change.
• Duplex status change.
• Link status change.
• Isolate status change.
Figure 12. Interrupt Logic
Event X Enable Reg
AND
Event X Status Reg
OR
Port
Combine
Logic
Interrupt Pin
AND
.
.
.
.
.
Per Event
.
Per port
Force Interrupt
Interrupt Enable
Interrupt (Event) Status Register is cleared on read.
X = Any Interrupt capability
4.3.10
4.3.11
Global Hardware Control Interface
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a Hardware Control Interface for applications where the
MDIO is not desired. Refer to “Initialization” on page 125 for additional details.
FIFO Initial Fill Values
The FIFO initial fill value sets the number of bits required to be written into the FIFO before the
process of reading the packet out of the FIFO is started. The read operation is aligned on nibble
boundaries because the FIFO is one nibble wide. The read clock on the RMII and SMII interfaces
may occur any time within the next available nibble. Therefore, the effective size of the FIFO is
one nibble less than the selected size.
Large initial fill FIFO settings alter both the data-path latency and the InterFrame Gap (IFG) output
on the RMII and SMII interfaces. The latency values are increased or decreased depending on the
number of bits the FIFO size is increased or decreased. The IFG may decrease up to twice the size
of the initial fill FIFO setting. When the following three conditions are met, the IPG on the RMII
and SMII interfaces may become nonexistent between packets, effectively concatenating the
packets into one long corrupted packet:
• The frequency difference between the link partner and the local LXT9895 device exceed
200 ppm (the IEEE standard requirement).
• Jumbo packets (8192 byte packets or longer) are used.
• Packets on the wire occur with minimum Inter-Packet Gap (IPG) of 96 bit times.
The concatenation of the packets is flagged by the MAC as a CRC error and possibly an oversized
packet depending upon the length indication capabilities of the MAC. The possibility of packet
concatenation can be minimized on the RMII interface by setting the initial fill FIFO Register bits
18.15:14 to 01. The FIFO setting bits should be set to 10 for the SMII interfaces.
Datasheet
123
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.4
Operating Requirements
4.4.1
Power Requirements
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires four power supply inputs: VCCD, VCCA, VCCPECL and
VCCIO. The digital and analog circuits require 2.5 V supplies (VCCD, VCCR, and VCCT). These
inputs may be supplied from a single source although decoupling is required to each respective
ground. The fiber VCCPECL supply can be connected to either 2.5 V or 3.3 V.
A separate power supply may be used for the MII, JTAG and MDIO (VCCIO) interfaces. The
power supply may be either +2.5 V or +3.3 V. VCCIO should be supplied from the same power
source used to supply the controller on the other side of the interface. Refer to Table 53, “Digital I/
O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%)” on page 174, Table 54, “Digital I/O DC
Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%)” on page 175, and Table 55, “Digital I/O DC
Electrical Characteristics – SD Pins” on page 175 for I/O characteristics.
As a matter of good practice, these supplies should be as clean as possible. Typical filtering and
decoupling are shown in Figure 34 on page 168. The power supplies should be brought up as close
to the same time as possible. However, there are no specific timing requirements.
4.4.2
Clock/SYNC Requirements
Reference Clock
4.4.2.1
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a constant enabled reference clock (REFCLK). REFCLK’s
frequency must be 50 MHz for RMII or 125 MHz for SMII/SS-SMII. The reference clock is used
to generate transmit signals and recover receive signals. A crystal-based clock is recommended
over a derived clock (that is, PLL-based) to minimize transmit jitter. Refer to Table 56, “Required
Clock Characteristics” on page 175 for clock timing requirements.
For applications that use a single 8-port sectionalization, REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 must always
be tied together and to the source. In 2x4 applications, REFCLK0 and REFCLK1 are not tied
together.
4.4.2.2
4.4.2.3
4.4.2.4
TxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 125 MHz input transmit clock synchronous with TxDatan
and frequency locked to REFCLK. See Figure 22 on page 140.
TxSYNC Signal (SMII/SS-SMII)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 12.5 MHz input pulse for SMII synchronization. See
Figure 22 on page 140.
RxSYNC Signal (SS-SMII only)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a 12.5 MHz output pulse synchronous with the RxDatan
outputs. See Figure 23 on page 140.
124
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.4.2.5
RxCLK Signal (SS-SMII only)
In SS-SMII mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a 125 MHz clock output in reference to the
output RxDatan. RxCLK is referenced and synchronized to the REFCLK. See Figure 23 on page
140.
4.5
Initialization
When the LXT9785/LXT9785E is first powered on, reset, or encounters a link failure state, it
checks the MDIO register configuration bits to determine the line speed and operating conditions
to use for the network link. The configuration bits may be set by the Hardware Control or MDIO
interface as shown in Figure 13 on page 126.
4.5.1
4.5.2
MDIO Control Mode
In the MDIO Control mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E reads the Hardware Control Interface pins to
set the initial (default) values of the MDIO registers. Once the initial values are set, bit control
reverts to the MDIO interface.
Hardware Control Mode
In the Hardware Control Mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E disables direct write operations to the
MDIO registers via the MDIO Interface. On power-up or hardware reset, the LXT9785/LXT9785E
reads the Hardware Control Interface pins and sets the MDIO registers accordingly.
The following modes are available using either Hardware Control or MDIO Control:
• Force network link to 100BASE-FX (Fiber).
• Force network link operation to:
— 100BASE-TX, Full-Duplex
— 100BASE-TX, Half-Duplex
— 10BASE-T, Full-Duplex
— 10BASE-T, Half-Duplex
• Allow auto-negotiation/parallel-detection.
• Auto/Manual MDIX enable/disable.
• Pause for full-duplex links operation.
• Global Output Slew Rate Control.
When the network link is forced to a specific configuration, the LXT9785/LXT9785E immediately
begins operating the network interface as commanded. When auto-negotiation is enabled, the
LXT9785/LXT9785E begins the auto-negotiation/ parallel-detection operation.
Datasheet
125
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 13. Initialization Sequence
Power-up or Reset
Read H/W Control
Interface
Initialize MDIO Registers
MDIO Control
Mode
Hardware Control
Mode
MDDIS Voltage
Level?
Low
High
Pass Control to MDIO
Interface
Disable MDIO Writes
Software
Reset?
Hardware
Reset?
Yes
Yes
Reset MDIO Registers to
values read at H/W
Control Interface at last
Hardware Reset
4.5.3
Power-Down Mode
The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates numerous features to maintain the lowest power possible.
The device can be put into a low-power state via Register 0 as well as a near-zero power state with
the power down pin. When in power-down mode, the device is not capable of receiving or
transmitting packets.
The lowest power operation is achieved using the Global power-down pin, which is active High.
This pin powers down every circuit in the device, including all clocks. All registers are unaltered
and maintained when the Global PWRDWN pin is released.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the PWRDWN pin feature.
Individual ports (software power down) can be powered down using Register bit 0.11. This bit
powers down a significant portion of the port, but clocks to the register section remain active. This
allows the management interface to remain active during register power-down. The power-down
bit is active High.
126
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Note: Intel recommends that a minimum recovery time be allowed after bringing up a port from software
or hardware power-down or link hold-off modes. The recovery times are specified in Table 80,
“Power-Up Timing Parameters” on page 198
4.5.3.1
Global (Hardware) Power Down
The global power-down mode is controlled by the PWRDWN pin. When PWRDWN is High, the
following conditions are true:
• All LXT9785/LXT9785E ports and the clock are shut down.
• All outputs are three-stated.
• All weak pad pull-up and pull-down resistors are disabled.
• The MDIO registers are not accessible.
• Configuration pins are read upon release of the PWRDWN pin, and registers are loaded with
the current values of the hardware configuration pins.
4.5.3.2
Port (Software) Power Down
Individual port power-down control is provided by Register bit 0.11 in the respective port Control
Registers (refer to Table 83, “Control Register (Address 0)” on page 200). During individual port
power-down, the following conditions are true:
• The individual port is shut down.
• The MDIO registers remain accessible.
• Pull-up and pull-down resisters are not affected and the outputs are not three-stated.
• The register remains unchanged.
4.5.4
Reset
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides both hardware and software resets. Configuration control of
Auto-Negotiation, speed, and duplex mode selection is handled differently for each. During a
hardware reset, settings for bits 0.13, 0.12, 0.8, and 4.8:5 are read in from the pins (refer to
Table 42, “Global Hardware Configuration Settings” on page 128 for pin settings, and Table 83,
“Control Register (Address 0)” on page 200 and Table 87, “Auto-Negotiation Advertisement
Register (Address 4)” on page 204 for register bit definitions).
During a software reset (Register bit 0.15 = 1), the bit settings are not re-read from the pins and
revert back to the values that were read in during the last hardware reset. Any changes to pin values
from the last hardware reset are not detected during a software reset.
During a hardware reset, register information is unavailable for 1 ms after de-assertion of the reset.
All MII interface pins are disabled during a hardware reset and released to the bus on de-assertion
of reset.
During a software reset (0.15 = 1) the registers are available for reading. The reset bit should be
polled to see when the part has completed reset (0.15 = 0). Pull up and pull down resisters are not
affected.
Datasheet
127
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Intel recommends that a minimum recovery time be allowed after bringing up a port from software
or hardware reset. The recovery times are specified in Table 80, “Power-Up Timing Parameters” on
page 198
4.5.5
Hardware Configuration Settings
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a hardware option to set the initial device configuration. The
hardware option uses three Global CFG pins that provide control for all ports (see Table 42).
Table 42. Global Hardware Configuration Settings
CFG
Desired Mode
Resulting Register Bit Values
Pin Settings1
AutoNeg Speed
Duplex
1
2
3
0.12
0.13
0.8
4.8
4.7
4.6
4.5
Half
Full
Half
Full
Half
Low
Low
Low
Low
High
Low
Low
High
High
Low
Low
High
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
10
Disabled
0
N/A
0
Auto-Negotiation
Advertisement
100
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
100
Enabled
0
Full/Half High
Half High
Full/Half High
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
10/100
1. Refer to Table 5, “RMII Signal Descriptions – PQFP” on page 35 through Table 17, “Receive FIFO Depth
Considerations” on page 49 Table 24, “RMII Signal Descriptions – BGA23” on page 81 through Table 36,
“Receive FIFO Depth Configurations” on page 97, and Table 39, “Intel® LXT9785 BGA15 Signal
Descriptions” on page 108 for CFG pin assignments.
4.6
Link Establishment
4.6.1
Auto-Negotiation
The LXT9785/LXT9785E attempts to auto-negotiate with its link partner by sending Fast Link
Pulse (FLP) bursts. Each burst consists of 33 link pulses spaced 62.5 µs apart. Odd link pulses
(clock pulses) are always present. Even link pulses (data pulses) may also be present or absent to
indicate a “1” or a “0”. Each FLP burst exchanges 16 bits of data, referred to as a “page”. All
devices that support auto-negotiation must implement the “Base Page”, defined by IEEE 802.3
(registers 4 and 5). The LXT9785/LXT9785E also supports the optional “Next Page” function
(registers 7 and 8).
4.6.1.1
Base Page Exchange
By exchanging Base Pages, the LXT9785/LXT9785E and its link partner communicate their
capabilities to each other. Both sides must receive at least three identical base pages for negotiation
to proceed. Each side finds their highest common capabilities, exchange more pages, and agree on
the operating state of the line.
128
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.6.1.2
Manual Next Page Exchange
Additional information, exceeding that required by base page exchange, is also sent via “Next
Pages.” The LXT9785/LXT9785E fully supports the IEEE 802.3 method of negotiation via Next
Page exchange. The Next Page exchange uses Register 7 to send information and Register 8 to
receive it. Next Page exchange occurs only if both ends of the link partners advertise their ability to
exchange Next Pages. A special mode has been added to make manual next page exchange easier
for software. When Register 6 “page” is received, it stays set until read. This bit is cleared when a
new negotiation occurs, preventing the user from reading an old value in Register 6 and assuming
there is valid information in Registers 5 and 8. The page received bit is cleared upon reading the
“Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6)” on page 206.
4.6.1.3
Controlling Auto-Negotiation
The following steps are recommended when auto-negotiation is controlled by software:
• After power-up, power-down, or reset, the power-down recovery time, as specified in
Table 80, “Power-Up Timing Parameters” on page 198, must be exhausted before proceeding.
• Set the auto-negotiation advertisement register bits in Register 4 as desired.
• Enable auto-negotiation (set MDIO Register bit 0.12 = 1).
• Enable or restart auto-negotiation as soon as possible after writing to Register 4 to ensure
proper operation.
4.6.1.4
Link Criteria
In 100 Mbps mode, link is established when the descrambler becomes locked and remains locked
for approximately 50 ms. Link remains up unless the descrambler receives less than 16 consecutive
idle symbols in any 2 ms period. This provides a robust operation, filtering out any small noise hits
that may disrupt the link.
MLT-3 idle waveforms, for short periods, meet all the criteria for 10BASE-T start delimiters. A
working 10BASE-T receive may temporarily indicate link to 100BASE-TX waveforms. However,
the PHY will not bring up a permanent 10 Mbps link.
According to the IEEE standard 10 Mbps link state machine, the last condition that must be met
before 10 Mbps link can come up is a period of transmit and receive idle time. TXEN and RXDV
are inactive at the same time. This ensures that link is not brought up in the middle of transmitting
or receiving a packet. To ensure link establishment, Intel recommends no packet transmission into
the MII interface until link is established.
The IEEE Standard references this requirement in Section 14.2.3 State Diagrams, Figure 14-6-Link
Integrity Test Function State Diagram and in Section 28.3.4 State Diagrams, Figure 28-17-NLP
Receive Link Integrity Test State Diagram. These diagrams illustrate that while the PHY is in the
Link Test Fail Extend state, the last state before Link Pass state) Packet receive activity (RD) and
Transmit Activity (DO) must be idle (RD = idle * D0 = idle) for link to establish.
4.6.1.5
Parallel Detection
In parallel with auto-negotiation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E also monitors for 10 Mbps Normal
Link Pulses (NLP) or 100 Mbps Idle symbols. If either symbol is detected, the device
automatically reverts to the corresponding operating speed in half-duplex mode. Parallel detection
allows the LXT9785/LXT9785E to communicate with devices that do not support auto-
negotiation.
Datasheet
129
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
When parallel detection resolves a link, the link must be established in half-duplex mode.
According to IEEE standards, the forced link partner cannot be configured to full-duplex. If the
auto-negotiation link partner does not advertise half-duplex capability at the speed of the forced
link partner, link is not established. The IEEE Standard prevents forced full-duplex-to-half-duplex
link connections.
Figure 14. Auto-Negotiation Operation
Power-Up, Reset,
Link Failure
Start
Disable
Auto-Negotiation
Enable
Auto-Neg/Parallel Detection
0.12 = 0
0.12 = 1
Check Value
0.12
Go To Forced
Settings
Attempt Auto-
Negotiation
Listen for 100TX
Idle Symbols
Listen for 10T
Link Pulses
YES
NO
Done
Link Set?
4.6.1.6
Reliable Link Establishment While Auto MDI/MDIX is Enabled in Forced
Speed Mode
With auto MDI/MDIX hardware enabled, end users experience reliable link establishment under all
settings of auto MDI/MDIX and speed between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and its link partners. As
stated in the IEEE clauses 40.4.5.1 (Auto MDI/MDIX) and 28.3.2 (Parallel Detect), when ports are
forced to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps and auto MDI/MDIX is enabled, and the port is connected to a
partner with auto-negotiation enabled, an undefined condition exists between the IEEE auto MDIX
and Parallel Detect specifications. Link may not occur according to the IEEE specification.
During this undefined condition, when the LXT9785/LXT9785E is set to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps
and auto MDI/MDIX is enabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E and the link partner auto-negotiation
processes are expected to be skewed enough to establish link in all but the rarest cases. Auto MDI/
MDIX is configured through hardware and software. If auto MDI/MDIX operation is desired in
forced modes, disabling auto MDI/MDIX using the software programming can aid link
establishment.
4.7
Serial MII Operation
The LXT9785/LXT9785E exchanges transmit and receive data with the controller via the Serial
MII (SMII). The SMII performs the following functions:
• Conveys complete MII information between a 10/100 PHY and MAC with two pins per port.
• Allows a multi-port MAC/PHY communication with one system clock.
• Operates in both half and full-duplex.
130
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
• Supports per-packet switching between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps data rates.
The Serial MII operates at 125 MHz using a global reference clock and frame synchronization
signal (REFCLK and SYNC). Each port has an individual two-line data interface (TxDatan and
RxDatan). All signals are synchronous to REFCLK. Table 43 summarizes the SMII signals.
Data is exchanged in 10-bit serial words. Each word contains one data byte (two nibbles of 4B
coded data) and two status bits. When the port is operating at 100 Mbps, each word contains a new
data byte. When the port is operating at 10 Mbps, each data byte is repeated 10 times.
Table 43. SMII Signal Summary
Signal
TxData
To
PHY
From
MAC
Purpose
Transmit data & control
Synchronization
SYNC
PHY
MAC
MAC
PHY
RxData
Receive data & control
MAC &
PHY
REFCLK
System
Synchronization
1. Refer to Table 7, “SMII Specific Signal Descriptions – PQFP”
on page 38 for detailed signal descriptions.
Datasheet
131
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 15. Typical SMII Interface
Typical SMII Interface
in a 16-Port System
SECTION
8
TxDatan
SYNC0
8
n
RxData
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefCLK0 RefCLK1
125 MHz Sourced
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
SYSTEM CLK
RefCLK0 RefCLK1
8
8
TxData
SYNC0
n
RxDatan
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
SECTION
132
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 16. Typical SMII Quad Sectionalization
Typical SMII Interface in a
24-Port System
RefClk1
RefClk0
TxDatan
8
8
SYNC0
RxDatan
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
SECTION
n
TxData
4
SYNC0
n
RxData
4
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefClk0
125 MHz Sourced
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
RefClk1
TxDatan
4
SYNC1
4
n
RxData
VCC
MDINT1
MDIO1
MDC1
SECTION
MDINT0
MDIO0
MDC0
8
TxData n
SYNC0
8
RxData n
SECTION
RefClk0 RefClk1
Datasheet
133
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 17. 100 Mbps Serial MII Data Flow
Strip
Serial Data Stream
To/From
TX_EN &
TX_ER
Status
Bits
2 Nibbles Tx/Rx Data
D0 D1 D2 D3
2 Symbols Tx/Rx Data
S0 S1 S2 S3 S4
MAC
S0 S1 D0 D1 D2
4B/5B
To/From
PMD
Insert
CRS &
RX_DV
Status
Bits
D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2 D3
S0 S1 S2 S3 S4
Sublayer
4.7.1
4.7.2
4.7.3
SMII Reference Clock
The REFCLK operates at 125 MHz. The transmit and receive data and control streams must always
be synchronized to the REFCLK by the MAC and PHY. The LXT9785/LXT9785E samples these
signals on the rising edge of the REFCLK.
TxSYNC Pulse (SMII/SS-SMII)
The TxSYNC pulse delimits segment boundaries and synchronizes with REFCLK. The MAC must
continuously generate a TxSYNC pulse once every 10 REFCLK cycles. The TxSYNC pulse
signals the start of each new segment (see Figure 21 on page 139).
Transmit Data Stream
Transmit data and control information are signaled in ten- bit segments. In 100 Mbps mode, each
segment contains a new byte of data. In 10 Mbps mode, the MAC must repeat a 10M serial word
ten times on TxData. The LXT9785/LXT9785E may sample that serial word at any point.
The TxSYNC pulse signals the start of a new segment as shown in Figure 18.
4.7.3.1
4.7.3.2
Transmit Enable
The MAC must assert the TxEN bit in each segment of TxData, and de-assert TxENn after the last
segment of the packet.
Transmit Error
When the MAC asserts the TxER bit in 100BASE-X mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E drives “H”
symbols onto the network interface. TxER does not have any function in 10M operation.
134
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 18. Serial MII Transmit Synchronization
CLOCK
TxSYNC
TX
TxER TxEN
TXD0 TXD1 TXD2 TXD3 TXD4 TXD5 TXD6 TXD7 TxER
4.7.4
Receive Data Stream
Receive data and control information are signalled in ten-bit segments. In 100 Mbps mode, each
segment contains a new byte of data. In 10 Mbps mode, each segment is repeated ten times (except
for the CRS bit), and the MAC can sample any of the ten segments.
4.7.4.1
4.7.4.2
Carrier Sense
The CRS bit (slot 0) is generated when a packet is received from the network interface. The CRS
bit is set in real time, even in 10 Mbps mode (all other bits are repeated in 10 sequential segments).
Receive Data Valid
The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts the RX_DV bit (slot 1) when it receives a valid packet. The
assertion timing changes depending on line operating speed:
• For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX links, the RX_DV bit is asserted from the first nibble of
preamble to the last nibble of the data packet.
• For 10BASE-T links, the entire preamble is truncated. The RX_DV bit is asserted with the
first nibble of the Start-of-Frame Delimiter (SFD) “5D” and remains asserted until the end of
the packet.
4.7.4.3
4.7.4.4
Receive Error
When the LXT9785/LXT9785E receives an invalid symbol from the network in 100BASE-TX
mode, it drives “0101” on the associated RxData signals.
Receive Status Encoding
The LXT9785/LXT9785E encodes status information onto the RxData line during IPG as seen in
Table 44 on page 136. Status bit RxData<5> indicates the validity of the upper nibble
(RxData<7:4> of the last byte of the previous frame). RxData and RX_DV are passed through the
internal elasticity FIFO to smooth any clock rate differences between the recovered clock and the
125 MHz reference clock.
4.7.5
Collision
The SMII interface does not provide a collision output and relies on the MAC to interpret COL
conditions using CRS and TxEN. CRS is unaffected by the transmit path.
Datasheet
135
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 19. Serial MII Receive Synchronization
CLOCK
RxSYNC
RXD0
RXER
RXD1
Speed
RXD2
Duplex
RXD3
Link
RXD4
Jabber
RXD5
Valid
RXD6
FCE
RXD7
RXD7
RX
CRS
CRS
RX_DV
Table 44. RX Status Encoding Bit Definitions
Signal
Definition
CRS
Carrier Sense - identical to MII, except that it is not an asynchronous signal.
Receive Data Valid - identical to MII. When RX_DV = 0, status
0 = Status Byte
RxDV
information is transmitted to the MAC. When RX_DV = 1,
1 = Valid Data Byte
received data is transmitted to the MAC.
RxER
(RxData0)
Inter-frame status bit RxData0 indicates whether or not the
PHY detected an error somewhere in the previous frame.
0 = No Error
1 = Error
SPEED
(RxData1)
0 = 10 Mbps
1 = 100 Mbps
Inter-frame status bit RxData1 indicates port operating speed.
Inter-frame status bit RxData2 indicates port duplex condition.
Inter-frame status bit RxData3 indicates port link status.
Inter-frame status bit RxData4 indicates port jabber status.
DUPLEX
(RxData2)
0 = Half-duplex
1 = Full-duplex
LINK
(RxData3)
0 = Down
1 = Up
JABBER
(RxData4)
0 = OK
1 = Error
VALID
Inter-frame status bit RxData5 conveys the validity of the upper 0 = Invalid
(RxData5)
nibble of the last byte of the previous frame
1 = Valid
False Carrier
(RxData6)
Inter-frame status bit RxData6 indicates whether or not the
PHY has detected a false carrier event.
0 = No FC detected
1 = FC detected
RxData7
This bit is set to 1.
1 = Always
1. Both RxData0 and RxData5 bits are valid in the segment immediately following a frame, and remain valid
until the first data segment of the next frame begins.
4.7.6
Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface
Some system designs require the PHY to be placed between 3 to 12 inches away from the MAC. A
new Source Synchronous-Serial Media Independent Interface (SS-SMII) definition has been added
because of this requirement. To provide a source synchronous interface between the PHY and
MAC, the PHY must drive the RxCLK and the RxSYNC signals to the MAC. Also, the MAC must
drive the TxCLK and the TxSYNC signal to the PHY. The REFCLK is also needed to synchronize
the data to the PHY’s core clock domain. TxData is clocked in using TxCLK and then
synchronized to REFCLK and transmitted to the twisted-pair. The RxData is synchronized to the
RxCLK. See Figure 23 on page 140.
136
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 45. SS-SMII
Signal
To
From
MAC
Purpose
TxData
TxCLK
PHY
PHY
PHY
MAC
MAC
MAC
MAC
Transmit data & control
Transmit clock
MAC
MAC
PHY
TxSYNC
RxData
RxCLK
Synchronization pulses
Receive data & control
Receive clock
PHY
RxSYNC
REFCLK
PHY
Receive Synchronization
Synchronization
System
Datasheet
137
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 20. Typical SS-SMII Interface
Typical SS-SMII Interface in
a 16-Port System
SECTION
8
TxDatan
TxSYNC0
TxCLK0
8
RxDatan
RxSYNC1
RxCLK1
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefCLK0,1
125 MHz Sourced
SYS_CLK
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
RefCLK0,1
TxDatan
8
TxSYNC0
TxCLK0
8
RxData
n
RxSYNC1
RxCLK1
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
SECTION
138
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 21. Typical SS-SMII Quad Sectionalization
Typical SS-SMII Interface
in a 24-Port System
RefClk0 RefClk1
8
TxData n
TxSYNC0
TxCLK0
8
RxData n
RxSYNC1
RxCLK1
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
SECTION
TxData
n
4
TxSYNC0
TxCLK0
RxData
n
4
RxSYNC0
RxCLK0
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefClk0
125 MHz Sourced
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
RefClk1
TxData
n
4
TxSYNC1
TxCLK1
4
RxData
n
RxSYNC1
RxCLK1
VCC
MDINT1
MDIO1
SECTION
MDC1
MDINT0
MDIO0
MDC0
8
TxData
n
TxSYNC0
TxCLK0
8
RxData n
RxSYNC1
RxCLK1
SECTION
RefClk0 RefClk1
Datasheet
139
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 22. SS-SMII Transmit Timing
TxCLK
TxSYNC
TXER
TXEN TXD0 TXD1 TXD2 TXD3 TXD4 TXD5 TXD6 TXD7 TXER
TxData
TxCLK
TxSYNC
TxData
TXER
Frcerr Speed
Dplx LINK Jabr
TXEN
TXER
All signals are synchronous to the clock
Figure 23. SS-SMII Receive Timing
RxCLK
RxSYNC
RxData
CRS
RXDV RXD0 RXD1 RXD2 RXD3 RXD4 RXD5 RXD6 RXD7 CRS
RxCLK
RxSYNC
RxData
CRS
RXERSpeed
CRS
RXDV
Dplx LINK Jabr UPnib FlsCar
All signals are synchronous to the clock
4.8
RMII Operation
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an independent Reduced MII port for each network port. Each
RMII uses four signals to pass received data to the MAC: RxDatan<1:0>, RxERn, and CRS_DVn
(where n reflects the port number). Three signals are used to transmit data from the MAC:
TxDatan_<1:0> and TxENn. Both receive and transmit signals are clocked by REFCLK. Data
transmission across the RMII is implemented in di-bit pairs which equal a 4-bit wide nibble.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support the RMII interface.
4.8.1
RMII Reference Clock
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 50 MHz reference clock (REFCLK). The device samples the
RMII input signals on the rising edge of REFCLK and drives RMII output signals on the falling
edge.
140
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.8.2
Transmit Enable
TxENn must be asserted and de-asserted synchronously with REFCLK. The MAC must assert
TxENn at the same time as the first nibble of preamble. TxENn must be de-asserted after the last
bit of the packet.
4.8.3
4.8.4
Carrier Sense & Data Valid
The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DVn when it detects activity on the line. However,
RxDatan outputs zeros until the received data is decoded and available for transfer to the controller.
Receive Error
Whenever the LXT9785/LXT9785E receives an error symbol from the network, it asserts RxERn.
When it detects a bad Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) it drives a “10” jam pattern on the RxData
pins to indicate a false carrier event.
4.8.5
4.8.6
Out-of-Band Signaling
The LXT9785/LXT9785E has the capability of encoding status information in the RxData stream
during IPG. See “Monitoring Operations” on page 156 for details.
4B/5B Coding Operations
The 100BASE-X protocol specifies the use of a 5-bit symbol code on the network media. However,
data is normally transmitted across the RMII interface in 2-bit nibblets or “di-bits”. The LXT9785/
LXT9785E incorporates a parallel/serial converter that translates between di-bit pairs and 4-bit
nibbles, and a 4B/5B encoder/decoder circuit that translates between 4-bit nibbles and 5-bit
symbols for the 100BASE-X connection. Figure 24 shows the data conversion flow from nibbles to
symbols. Table 46 on page 146 shows 4B/5B symbol coding (not all symbols are valid).
Figure 24. RMII Data Flow
Reduced MII Mode Data Flow
+1
Parallel
to
Serial
0
0
0
Scramble
D0 D2
-1
4B/5B
MLT3
D0 D1 D2 D3
S0 S1 S2 S3 S4
De-
Scramble
D1 D3
Transition = 1.
No Transition = 0.
All transitions must follow
pattern: 0, +1, 0, -1, 0, +1...
Serial
to
Parallel
di-bit
pairs
4-bit
nibbles
5-bit
symbols
Datasheet
141
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 25. Typical RMII Interface
Typical RMII Interface
in a 16-Port System
SECTION
8
TxD0n
8
TxD1n
8
TxENn
8
RxD0n
8
RxD1
n
8
8
CRS_DVn
RxERn
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefClk0 RefClk1
50 Mhz Sourced
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
RefClk0
MDINT0
RefClk1
MDIO0
MDC0
8
8
TxD0n
TxD1n
8
8
TxENn
RxD0n
8
RxD1n
8
8
CRS_DVn
n
RxER
SECTION
142
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 26. Typical RMII Quad Sectionalization
Typical RMII Interface
in a 24-Port System
RefClk0 RefClk1
TxD0n
TxD1
8
8
n
8
8
TxENn
RxD0n
8
8
8
RxD1n
CRS_DVn
RxERn
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
SECTION
4
TxD0n
TxD1n
TxENn
RxD0n
RxD1n
4
4
4
4
4
CRS_DVn
RxERn
4
MDIO0
MDC0
MDINT0
RefClk0
50 MHz Sourced
Externally or from
Switch ASIC
RefClk1
4
TxD0
TxD1
TxEN
n
n
n
4
4
4
4
4
4
RxD0n
RxD1n
CRS_DV
n
VCC
n
RxER
MDINT1
MDIO1
MDC1
SECTION
MDINT0
MDIO0
MDC0
8
8
8
TxD0n
TxD1n
TxENn
8
8
8
8
RxD0n
RxD1n
CRS_DVn
RxERn
SECTION
RefClk0 RefClk1
Datasheet
143
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.9
100 Mbps Operation
4.9.1
100BASE-X Network Operations
During 100BASE-X operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits and receives 5-bit symbols
across the network link. Figure 27 shows the structure of a standard frame packet. When the MAC
is not actively transmitting data, the LXT9785/LXT9785E sends out Idle symbols on the line.
In 100BASE-TX mode, the device scrambles the data and transmits it to the network using MLT-3
line code. The MLT-3 signals received from the network are de-scrambled and decoded, and sent
across the RMII to the MAC.
In 100BASE-FX mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits and receives NRZI signals across the
LVPECL interface. An external 100BASE-FX transceiver module is required to complete the fiber
connection.
As shown in Figure 27, the MAC starts each transmission with a preamble pattern. As soon as the
LXT9785/LXT9785E detects the start of preamble, it transmits a J/K Start-of-Stream Delimiter
(SSD) symbol to the network. It then encodes and transmits the rest of the packet, including the
balance of the preamble, the Start-of-Frame Delimiter (SFD), packet data, and CRC. Once the
packet ends, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits the T/R End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD) symbol
and then returns to transmitting Idle symbols.
Figure 27. 100BASE-X Frame Format
64-Bit Preamble
(8 Octets)
Destination and Source
Address (6 Octets each)
Packet Length
(2 Octets)
Data Field
(Pad to minimum packet size)
Frame Check Field InterFrame Gap / Idle Code
(4 Octets)
(> 12 Octets)
CRC
IFG
SFD
P0 P1 P6
DA DA SA SA L1
L2 D0 D1 Dn
I0
Replaced by
/T/R/ code-groups
End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD)
Replaced by
Start-of-Frame
Delimiter (SFD)
/J/K/ code-groups
Start-of-Stream
Delimiter (SSD)
4.9.2
100BASE-X Protocol Sublayer Operations
In a 7-layer communications model, the LXT9785/LXT9785E is a Physical Layer 1 (PHY) device.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E implements the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium
Attachment (PMA), and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers of the reference model
defined by the IEEE 802.3u specification. The following paragraphs discuss the LXT9785/
LXT9785E operation from the reference model point of view.
4.9.2.1
PCS Sublayer
The Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) provides the RMII interface, as well as the 4B/5B encoding/
decoding function. For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX operation, the PCS layer provides IDLE
symbols to the PMD-layer line driver as long as TxEN is de-asserted. For 10T operation, the PCS
layer merely provides a bus interface and serialization/de-serialization function. 10T operation
does not use the 4B/5B encoder.
144
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.9.2.1.1 Preamble Handling
When the MAC asserts TxEN, the PCS substitutes a /J/K/ symbol pair, also known as the Start-of-
Stream Delimiter (SSD), for the first two nibbles received across the RMII. The PCS layer
continues to encode the remaining RMII data until TxEN is de-asserted (see Table 46 on page 146).
It then returns to supplying IDLE symbols to the line driver.
The PCS layer performs the opposite function in the receive direction by substituting two preamble
nibbles for the SSD.
Figure 28. Protocol Sublayers
MII Interface
LXT9785
PCS
Encoder/Decoder
Serializer/De-serializer
Sublayer
PMA
Sublayer
Link/Carrier Detect
LVPECL Interface
PMD
Sublayer
Scrambler/
De-scrambler
Fiber Transceiver
100BASE-TX
100BASE-FX
Datasheet
145
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.9.3
PMA Sublayer
The 100BASE-X PMA protocol uses the 4B/5B data encoding scheme to encode/decode the data
streams. The coding scheme is shown in Table 46.
Table 46. 4B/5B Coding
4B Code
3 2 1 0
5B Code
4 3 2 1 0
Code Type
Name
Interpretation
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1
undefined
0
1
1 1 1 1 0
0 1 0 0 1
1 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1 0
0 1 0 1 1
0 1 1 1 0
0 1 1 1 1
1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0 1 1
1 0 1 1 0
1 0 1 1 1
1 1 0 1 0
1 1 0 1 1
1 1 1 0 0
1 1 1 0 1
1 1 1 11
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
Data 4
Data 5
Data 6
Data 7
Data 8
Data 9
Data A
Data B
Data C
Data D
Data E
Data F
2
3
4
5
6
DATA
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
I 1
IDLE
Idle. Used as inter stream fill code.
Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD),
part 1 of 2.
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1
J 2
K 2
T 3
R 3
H 4
1 1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1
0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 0 0
Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD),
part 2 of 2.
CONTROL
End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD),
part 1 of 2.
undefined
undefined
undefined
End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD),
part 2 of 2.
Transmit Error. Used to force
signaling errors.
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
undefined
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 1
0 0 1 1 0
0 1 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
1 1 0 0 1
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
Invalid
INVALID
1. The /I/ (Idle) code group is sent continuously between frames.
2. The /J/ and /K/ (SSD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /K/ follows /J/.
3. The /T/ and /R/ (ESD) code groups are always sent in pairs; /R/ follows /T/.
4. An /H/ (Error) code group is used to signal an error condition.
146
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.9.3.1
Link
In 100 Mbps mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E establishes a link whenever the descrambler
becomes locked and remains locked for approximately 50 ms. Whenever the descrambler loses
lock (<16 consecutive idle symbols during a 2 ms window), the link is taken down. This provides a
robust link, filtering out any small noise hits that may otherwise disrupt the link. Furthermore, 100
Mbps idle patterns will not bring up a 10 Mbps link.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E reports link failure via the Register status bits (1.2, 17.10, and 19.4) and
interrupt functions. If auto-negotiate is enabled, link failure causes the device to re-negotiate.
4.9.3.2
Link Failure Override
The LXT9785/LXT9785E normally transmits 100 Mbps data packets or Idle symbols only if it
detects the link is up, and transmits only FLP bursts if the link is not up. Setting bit 16.14 = 1
overrides this function, allowing the LXT9785/LXT9785E to transmit data packets even when the
link is down. This feature is provided as a diagnostic tool.
Note: Auto-negotiation must be disabled to transmit data packets in the absence of link. If auto-
negotiation is enabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically begins transmitting FLP bursts if
the link goes down.
4.9.3.3
Carrier Sense/Data Valid (RMII)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DV whenever the respective port receiver is in a non-idle
state (as defined by the RMII Specification Revision 1.2), including false carrier events. Assertion
of CRS_DV is asynchronous with respect to REFCLK. In the event that signal decoding is not
complete when CRS_DV is asserted, the LXT9785/LXT9785E outputs 00 on the RxData1:0 lines
until the decoded data are available.
When the line returns to an idle state, CRS_DV is de-asserted synchronously with respect to
REFCLK. If the FIFO still contains data to be passed to the MAC via the RMII when CRS is de-
asserted, CRS_DV toggles on nibble boundaries until the FIFO is empty. For 100BASE-X signals,
CRS_DV toggles at 25 MHz. For 10BASE-T signals, CRS_DV toggles at 2.5 MHz.
4.9.3.4
Carrier Sense (SMII)
For 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX links, a Start-of-Stream Delimiter (SSD) or /J/K/ symbol pair
causes assertion of carrier sense (CRS). An End-of-Stream Delimiter (ESD), or /T/R/ symbol pair
causes de-assertion of CRS. The PMA layer also de-asserts CRS if IDLE symbols are received
without /T/R/. In this event, receive error is indicated during the IPG until the next packet is
received.
For 10T links, CRS assertion is based on receipt of valid preamble, and de-assertion on receipt of
an End-of-Frame (EOF) marker.
4.9.3.5
Receive Data Valid (SMII)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts the RX_DV bit when it receives a valid packet. However,
RxData outputs zeros until the received data are decoded and available for transfer to the controller.
Datasheet
147
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.9.3.6
Twisted-Pair PMD Sublayer
The twisted-pair Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) layer provides the signal scrambling and
descrambling, line coding and decoding (MLT-3 for 100BASE-TX, Manchester for 10T), as well
as receiving, polarity correction, and baseline wander correction functions.
4.9.3.6.1 Scrambler/Descrambler (100BASE-TX Only)
The purpose of the scrambler is to spread the signal power spectrum and further reduce EMI using
an 11-bit, non-data-dependent polynomial. The receiver automatically decodes the polynomial
whenever IDLE symbols are received.
The scrambler/descrambler can be bypassed by setting Register bit 16.12 = 1. The scrambler is
automatically bypassed when the fiber port is enabled. Scrambler bypass is provided for diagnostic
and test support.
4.9.3.6.2 Baseline Wander Correction
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides a baseline wander correction function which makes the device
robust under all network operating conditions. The MLT3 coding scheme used in 100BASE-TX is,
by definition, “unbalanced”. This means that the DC average value of the signal voltage can
“wander” significantly over short time intervals (tenths of seconds). This wander may cause
receiver errors, particularly in less robust designs, at long line lengths (100 meters). The exact
characteristics of the wander are completely data dependent.
The LXT9785/LXT9785E baseline wander correction characteristics allow the device to recover
error-free data while receiving worst-case “killer” packets over all cable lengths.
4.9.3.6.3 Polarity Correction
The LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically detects and corrects for the condition where the receive
signal (TPFIP/N) is inverted. Reversed polarity is detected if eight inverted link pulses or four
inverted End-of-Frame (EOF) markers are received consecutively. If link pulses or data are not
received by the maximum receive time-out period, the polarity state is reset to a non-inverted state.
Before the polarity switch occurs, every frame is inverted and causes RxER to assert. The specific
number of RxER events observed depends on how many link pulses occur between packets.
4.9.3.7
Fiber PMD Sublayer
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an LVPECL interface for connection to an external 3.3 V or
5 V fiber transceiver. (The external transceiver provides the PMD function for the optical medium.)
The LXT9785/LXT9785E uses a 125 Mbaud NRZI format for the fiber interface, and does not
support 10BASE-FL applications.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support fiber interface.
4.9.3.7.1 Far End Fault Indications
The LXT9785/LXT9785E Signal Detect pins independently detect signal faults from the local
fiber transceivers via the SD pins. The device also uses Register bit 1.4 to report Remote Fault
indications received from its link partner. The device “ORs” both fault conditions to set bit 1.4.
Register bit 1.4 is set once and clears when read.
148
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
The far-end fault detection process in fiber operation requires idles to establish link. Link will not
establish if a far-end fault pattern is the initial signal detected.
Either fault condition causes the LXT9785/LXT9785E to drop the link unless Forced Link Pass is
selected (16.14 = 1). Link down condition is then reported via interrupts and status bits.
In response to locally detected signal faults (SD activated by the local fiber transceiver), the
affected port can transmit the far end fault code if fault code transmission is enabled by Register bit
16.2.
• When Register bit 16.2 = 1, transmission of the far end fault code is enabled. The LXT9785/
LXT9785E transmits far end fault code if fault conditions are detected by the Signal Detect
pins.
• When Register bit 16.2 = 0, the LXT9785/LXT9785E does not transmit far end fault code. It
continues to transmit idle code and may or may not drop link depending on the setting for
Register bit 16.14.
The occurrence of a Far End Fault causes all transmission of data from the Reconciliation Sublayer
to stop and the Far End fault code to begin. The Far End Fault code consists of 84 ones’s followed
by a single “0” and is repeated until the Far End Fault condition is removed.
4.10
10 Mbps Operation
The LXT9785/LXT9785E operates as a standard 10BASE-T transceiver and supports all the
standard 10 Mbps functions. During 10BASE-T (10T) operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E
transmits and receives Manchester-encoded data across the network link. When the MAC is not
actively transmitting data, the device sends out link pulses on the line.
In 10T mode, the polynomial scrambler/descrambler is inactive. Manchester-encoded signals
received from the network are decoded by the LXT9785/LXT9785E and sent across the MII to the
MAC.
Note: The LXT9785/LXT9785E does not support fiber connections at 10 Mbps.
4.10.1
Preamble Handling
The LXT9785/9785E offers two options for preamble handling, which are selected by Register bit
16.5. In 10BASE-T mode, when Register bit 16.5 = 0, the device strips the preamble off the
received packets. In RMII and the SMII modes, the CRS signal is asserted based upon receive
activity. In the SMII modes, Out-of-Band (OOB) signaling is present until the SFD is output. The
DV signal is initially asserted in the frame that the SFD is output. In RMII mode, zeros are output
after receive activity is detected until the SFD is output. The packet is output following the SFD.
When Register bit 16.5 = 1 in 10BASE-T mode, the LXT9785/LXT9785E passes the preamble
through the RMII and the SMII interfaces. In RMII and the SMII modes, the CRS signal is asserted
based upon receive activity. In the SMII modes, OOB signaling is continued until preamble is
available from the receive FIFO. After the preamble, the SFD is output with the initial assertion of
the DV signal. The RMII interface outputs zeros after receive activity is detected until preamble is
available from the FIFO. The number of zero nibbles output before preamble is based upon the
FIFO initial fill settings (Register bits 18.15:14). The preamble is followed by the SFD and the
packet body. Register bit 16.5 has no effect in 100 Mbps operation.
Datasheet
149
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.10.2
4.10.3
Dribble Bits
The LXT9785/LXT9785E device handles dribble bits in all modes. If one through four dribble bits
are received, the nibble is passed across the RMII. If five through seven dribble bits are received,
the second nibble is not sent onto the RMII bus.
Link Test
The LXT9785/LXT9785E always transmits link pulses in 10T mode. When enabled, the link test
function monitors the connection for link pulses. Once link pulses are detected, data transmission is
enabled and remains enabled as long as either the link pulses or data transmission continue. If link
pulses stop, the data transmission is disabled.
If the link test function is disabled, the LXT9785/LXT9785E transmits to the connection regardless
of detected link pulses. The link test function is disabled by setting Register bit 16.14 = 1.
4.10.3.1
4.10.4
Link Failure
Link failure occurs if Link Test is enabled and link pulses or packets stop being received. If this
condition occurs, the LXT9785/LXT9785E returns to the auto-negotiation phase if auto-
negotiation is enabled.
Jabber
If a transmission exceeds the jabber timer, the LXT9785/LXT9785E disables the transmit and
loopback functions and the Collision Status bit (Register bit 17.11) is set regardless of duplex. The
jabber timer, according to the IEEE standard, must be between 20 ms to 150 ms. The RMII does
not include a Jabber pin, but the MAC may read Register 1 to determine jabber status. The
LXT9785/LXT9785E automatically exits jabber mode after the unjab time expires. This function is
disabled by setting Register bit 16.10 = 1.
150
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.11
DTE Discovery Process
The DTE discovery process is port dependent and must be enabled through software. The process
is implemented as a next page option to the auto-negotiation flow. When the process is enabled,
manual control of auto-negotiation next pages is not allowed. This feature applies to the
LXT9785E transceiver only.
The process depends upon an IP phone, or any other DTE capable of being powered remotely,
having a specific filter that passes NLPs and FLPs. This filter should be non-polarized to insure
that the latest status of Auto-MDIX operation does not effect operation. This filter attenuates
100 Mbps MLT3 signals and 10 Mbps Manchester-encoded signals, and must be bypassed when
power is applied to the IP phone. Figure 29 shows a typical IP telephone system connection.
Figure 29. Typical IP Telephone System Connection
VoIP-Enabled Switch
S
D
1
0/100Bas e-TPorts
M
o
d
ul
e
St
a
t
u
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
L
ni
k
1
X
2
X
3
X
4
X
5
X
6
X
1
3
X
1
4
X
1
5
X
1
6
X
1
7
3
X
X
1
2
8
X
Se
l
f
T
e
s
t
M
o
d
e
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
Lin
k
Console
Mo de
Power
ActF
d
x
100
Res
e
t
C
el
a
r
Mo
d
e
Sel
e
c
t
F
a
u
tl
7
X
8
X
9
X
1
0
X
1
1
X
1
2
X
1
9
X
2
0
X
2
1
X
2
2
X
2
4
X
Power cable
Power and data over
Category 5 cable
Power
Outlet
UPS/
Generator
Power cable
1
2
3
4
7
5
8
6
9
8
#
*
Power
Outlet
IP Telephone
Computer
Data only over
Category 5 cable
4.11.1
Definitions
The following terms are used throughout the DTE discovery sections:
Negotiation Process:
System:
This includes auto-negotiation and parallel detection processes
The switch system using the LXT9785E for DTE Discovery
A device connected to the LXT9785E through twisted pair cables
Data Terminal Equipment; any end-of-link partner
Link Partner:
DTE:
A link partner that is not requiring power over a Category 5 cable;
typically a PC
Standard Link Partner:
Data Terminal Equipment requiring power over a Category 5 cable;
typically an IP telephone
Remote-Power DTE:
Discovery:
The process of identifying the type of link partner present
Datasheet
151
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.11.2
Interaction between Processor, MAC, and PHY
The state machines that control the mechanics of the Discovery process reside within the
LXT9785E device. However, control of the power supply and overall system control reside in the
system processor. The processor communicates with the power supply unit (PSU) and switches it
on and off dependant on the data that is supplied by the PHY. The PHY register data is read by the
MAC using the MDIO interface. The required control bits are contained in the PHY device register
map and are discussed in detail in the section labeled “Management Interface and Control” on
page 152.
Note: The details of the processor/MAC interface and the processor/PSU interface are implementation
specific and therefore are out of the scope of this specification.
The following is an overview of the system control for a successful Remote-Power DTE discovery:
1. The discovery process is enabled by the DTE Discovery Process Enable (Dis_EN) Register bit
27.6 and the Auto-Negotiation Enable Register bit 0.12. Writing Register bit 27.6 immediately
affects the Auto-Negotiation Base Page. If already enabled, auto-negotiation should be
restarted after this bit is written to ensure proper operation. Register bit 4.15 is used for manual
control of auto-negotiation next pages and should be left in the default state (cleared).
2. The LXT9785E PHY then tests to see if a Remote-Power DTE is present as the link partner. If
a Remote-Power DTE is found, the Power Enable (Power_EN) Register bit 27.4 is set. The
processor polls this signal via the MAC.
3. Upon detecting a Remote-Power DTE, the processor instructs the power supply to switch on.
Once power has been applied to the DTE, normal negotiation takes place. The processor must
enable the required negotiation process by restarting auto-negotiation, or by setting forced
speed mode after power has been applied. The processor must poll the link-up Register bit 1.2
for the corresponding LXT9785E port, or the link status change interrupt, to ensure that the
link has been established.
4. A time-out must be connected with this feature so that if link is not established within a pre-
determined time period (system dependant), the processor instructs the power supply to switch
off. If link is not established prior to the expiration of the “link fail inhibit timer”, the
LXT9785E restarts negotiation with DTE detection if auto-negotiation mode was used to
establish link with the phone, and the DTE process is still enabled. The LXT9785E restarts
negotiation without DTE detection if either forced speed mode is used to establish link with
the phone, or the DTE process is disabled.
5. If power is applied and link is established, the system must still poll the Link Status Register
bit 1.2 for the corresponding LXT9785E port or the link status change interrupt. This is
required since link status is the only way to know when the Remote-Power DTE is removed or
unplugged. On seeing the Link_Down condition, the processor instructs the power supply to
switch off, and the DTE Discovery begins again or is disabled.
4.11.3
Management Interface and Control
The management and control of the DTE discovery process is via the MDIO port. Each port on the
LXT9785E is capable of running the discovery process, thus each port is independently controlled.
This is achieved by each port having a dedicated set of control and status bits. These bits are found
in Register 27 as follows:
152
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
DTE DISCOVERY PROCESS ENABLE - Register Bit 27.6 (Dis_EN)
R/W Default value = 0: Disabled.
Register bit 27.6 controls the operation of the process. The discovery process is disabled when
Register bit 27.6 = 0, and enabled when Register bit 27.6 = 1. The MAC controller sets Register bit
27.6 to a 1 when a port search for a DTE requiring power is desired. Once set, Register bit 27.6
remains = 1 until the MAC clears it, either by directly clearing it or by resetting the PHY. This
allows the discovery process to continue to function if unsuccessful in detecting a DTE, without
being continually re-enabled by the MAC. If Register bit 27.6 is set after link is established, no
action is taken until after the link goes down.
POWER ENABLE - Register Bit 27.4 (Power_EN)
R Default value = 0: No Remote-Power DTE found.
Register bit 27.4 contains the result of the discovery process. When Register bit 27.4 = 0, the
discovery process has not found Remote-Power DTE, and when Register bit 27.4 = 1, the
discovery process has potentially found a DTE requiring power. This indicates power should be
applied to the Category 5 cable. Register bit 27.4 is polled by the MAC during the discovery
process, and is cleared when the PHY is reset, when auto-negotiation is restarted, or when auto-
negotiation is disabled. In the event of a discovery process being interrupted due to detection of an
already powered link partner (auto-negotiation completion or Parallel Detection), Register
bit 27.4 = 0.
STANDARD LINK PARTNER DETECTED - Register Bit 27.3 (SLP_Det)
R/W Clear on Read Default value = 0: No link partner found.
When Register bit 27.3 = 1, a standard link partner has been detected by the LXT9785E (NLPs,
MLT3 data, FLPs without next page support, or FLPs with non-matching next pages). This
indicates power should not be applied to the Category 5 cable. When Register bit 27.3 = 0, other
bits are checked to determine overall status of the link partner. Register bit 27.3 is cleared on read,
or DTE discovery is disabled, link is established, or auto-negotiation is either restarted or disabled.
LINK FAIL TIMEOUT - Register Bit 27.2 (LFIT Expired)
R/W Clear on Read Default value = 0 (Link Fail Inhibit timer has expired without establishment of
link with a standard link partner). Valid only when Standard Link Partner Detected Register bit
27.3 = 1.
Register bit 27.2 is set if link is not established prior to the Link Fail Inhibit Timer expiring. This
indicates that the Discovery process has restarted and the Standard Link Partner Detected Register
bit may no longer be valid. Register bit 27.2 is cleared on read, or DTE discovery is disabled, link
is established, or auto-negotiation is either restarted or disabled.
4.11.4
DTE Discovery Process Flow
The following section describes the DTE Discovery process.See Figure 30, “Intel® LXT9785E
Negotiation Flow Chart” on page 155 for a flow chart of the discovery process.When DTE
Discovery (27.6) and auto-negotiation (0.12) are enabled (auto-negotiation mode is required), the
LXT9785E transmits the auto-negotiation base page with the next page ability bit set (“Auto-
Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)” on page 204).
System software polls Register 27 to determine if or when a Remote-Power DTE is detected. The
receiver monitors the line to determine if NLPs, MLT3 data, or FLP bursts are being received. If
the receive activity is FLP bursts, the status of the next page ability bit is checked. If the detected
“link partner” also supports next page, then the LXT9785E transmits out the next page sequence
Datasheet
153
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
associated with message code #5 (Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) Tag Code). The
definition for the next pages to be sent out for this message code include some user-defined code
values. These values are loaded with randomly created data from an internal LSFR that is free
running and seeded with the PHY address of the LXT9785E port. The Next Pages are hard coded
in the logic (the LXT9785E ignores any data written into Register 7) and are outlined in Table 47.
The receiver monitors the next pages to determine that the exact next page data (especially the
random data) transmitted is received. As soon as the first non-matching next page is detected, the
DTE Discovery process is stopped and the base page is used to determine the capability options.
The Power-Enable Register bit 27.4 is set when a Remote-Power DTE is detected as the link
partner, and the last next page is repeatedly transmitted until software restarts the required
negotiation process (auto-negotiation or forced-speed mode).
The software should be written so that the negotiation is not restarted until the DTE has been
powered up over the Category 5 cable. The Power-Enable Register bit 27.4 is cleared upon
restarting or disabling auto-negotiation (selecting forced mode). The system must be able to detect
over-current conditions and be capable of disabling power in case the link partner is not a Remote-
Power DTE. Some examples of devices that would mistakenly set Power-Enable Register bit 27.4
are a token-ring balun and a loopback cable. Once link partner power has been stabilized and
sufficient time has passed for the link partner to initialize, the auto-negotiation process may be
restarted.
The negotiation process establishes link if a compatible mode exists between the LXT9785E and
the link partner. If a compatible mode does not exist (not compatible or not established within the
Link Fail Inhibit Timer period), the LXT9785E either restarts auto-negotiation/DTE discovery
(discovery is enabled (27.6=1) and auto-negotiation is enabled (0.12 = 1)), or normal negotiation
(discovery is disabled (27.6=0) and auto-negotiation is enabled (0.12 = 1)), or either 10 Mbps or
100 Mbps forced-mode operation (auto-negotiation is disabled (0.12 = 0)). The software must
detect this non-link state and disable power.
Table 47. Next Page Message #5 Code Word Definitions
NextPage
Encoding
D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
D8
D7 D6
D5
D4 D3
D2
D1 D0
OUI
Tagged
Message
1
a
1
0
t
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
UserPage
1
1
1
1
1
a
a
a
a
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
t
t
t
t
3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15
UserPage
2
UserPage
3
0
0
L.8 L.7 L.6 L.5 L.4 L.3 L.2 L.1 L.0
UserPage
4
L.10 L.9 L.8 L.7 L.6 L.5 L.4 L.3 L.2 L.1 L.0
1. a is the acknowledge bit; t is the toggle bit; L is the LFSR
4.11.5
DTE Discovery Behavior
The device behavior checks the comparison bit after each next page is successfully auto-
negotiated. If the first next page or any subsequent next page does not match, the DTE Discovery
process transmits one last null page with the next page bit cleared to stop the DTE Discovery
154
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
process. If each page is successfully auto-negotiated (it matches the transmitted page), DTE
Discovery completes as previously described. The five Next Pages consist of a message page and
four user pages.
Figure 30. Intel® LXT9785E Negotiation Flow Chart
Start
Assumptions:
Auto-Negotiation/Forced Speed Set by Pins
Advertisement Requirements Set by Pins
Power Up
or
Link Down 1.2 = 0 and Dis_EN 27.6 = 0
or
Link Down 1.2 = 0 and Forced Mode
LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1
Link Fail Timeout = 1
Dis_EN Not Set 27.6 = 0
Default Mode
Transmit based upon hardware
configuration
FLP, NLP or IDLE Symbols
NLPs or IDLE Symbols
Detected
LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1
Dis_EN 27.6 = 0
Software Intervention
Auto-negotiation 0.12 = 1 (if needed)
Power_EN 27.6 = 1
FLP Detected
NLPs or IDLE Symbols
Link Down 1.2 = 0
Discovery Base
Transmit FLPs
Base Page (Register 4)
with Next Page 4.15 = 1
Detected
and
Parallel Detection
Determine Compatibility on
Speed and Duplex
Dis_EN 27.6 = 1
and
Auto-Neg 0.12 = 1
LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1
Dis_EN 27.6 = 1
Check Advertisement
FLP Detected
LFIT Expired 27.2 = 1
Dis_EN 27.6 = 1
No
Auto Negotiation
Determine Compatibility Options
Next Page
Set?
No
Yes
Yes
Auto-
Negotiation?
Compatibility
Nonmatching DTE
Discovery NP
Received
Next Page Transmission
Use Random Data for User Defined
Bits as Code
Power Applied
No
Next Pages Received
Compatibility
Power On
Wait State for
Proper Power
Assertiion
Pages = Code
Transmitted?
Set Mode
Restart
Auto-Negotiation
Yes
or
Software Intervention
Software Polled Power_EN 27.4 = 1
Turn On Power Supply
Force Speed
DTE Discovered
Transmit Last Page Continuously
Power_EN 27.4 = 1
Link Up
Datasheet
155
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.12
Monitoring Operations
4.12.1
Monitoring Auto-Negotiation
Auto-negotiation may be monitored as follows:
• Bits 1.2 and 17.10 = 1 once the link is established.
• Additional bits in Register 1 (refer to Table 84, “Status Register (Address 1)” on page 201) and
Register 17 (refer to Table 93, “Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)” on page 209) can
be used to determine the link operating conditions and status.
4.12.2
Per-Port LED Driver Functions
The LXT9785/LXT9785E incorporates three direct drive LEDs per port (LEDn_1_L, LEDn_2_L,
and LEDn_3_L).
On power up, all the LEDs lights up for approximately one second after reset de-asserts. Each LED
may be programmed to one of several different display modes using the LED Configuration
Register. Each per-port LED may be programmed (refer to Table 96, “LED Configuration Register
(Address 20, Hex 14)” on page 213) to indicate one of the following conditions:
• Operating Speed
• Transmit Activity
• Receive Activity
• Collision Condition
• Link Status
• Duplex Mode
• Isolate Condition
The LEDs can also be programmed to display various combined status conditions. For example,
setting bits 20.15:12 = 1101 produces the following combination of Link and Activity indications:
• If Link is down, LED is off.
• If Link is up, LED is on.
• If Link is up AND activity is detected, the LED blinks at the stretch interval selected by bits
20.3:2 and continues to blink as long as activity is present.
The LED driver pins are open drain circuits (10 mA max current rating). Refer to “LED Circuit” on
page 167 under the Application Information Section for LED circuit design details. The LED
Configuration Register also provides optional LED pulse stretching to 30, 60, or 100 ms. If during
this pulse stretch period, the event occurs again, the pulse stretch time is further extended (see
Table 96, “LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)” on page 213).
When an event such as receiving a packet occurs, it is edge detected and starts the stretch timer.
The LED driver remains asserted until the stretch timer expires. If another event occurs before the
stretch timer expires, the stretch timer is reset and the stretch time extended.
156
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
When a long event (such as duplex status) occurs, it is edge detected and starts the stretch timer.
When the stretch timer expires, the edge detector is reset so that a long event causes another pulse
to be generated from the edge detector. The edge detector resets the stretch timer, causing the LED
driver to remain asserted. Figure 31 on page 157 shows how the stretch operation functions.
Figure 31. LED Pulse Stretching
Event
LED
stretch
stretch
stretch
Note: The direct drive LED outputs in this diagram are shown as active Low.
4.12.3
Out-of-Band Signaling
The LXT9785/LXT9785E provides an out-of-band signaling option to transfer status information
across the RMII receive interface. This feature is enabled when Register bit 25.0 = 1 and uses the
RxData(1:0) data bus during the Inter-Packet Gap (IPG) time as shown in Figure 32. Out-of-Band
signaling is disabled when Isolate mode is enabled by setting Register 0.10.
Note: The BGA15 package does not support Out-of-Band Signaling nor the RMII interface.
The two status bits transferred across the RxData bus are software selectable via Register 25 (see
Table 98, “RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)” on page 215).
In normal operation, the LXT9785/LXT9785E stuffs the RxData bus with zeros during the IPG. A
software-selectable bit enables the RMII out-of-band signaling feature. Once this bit is set, the
LXT9785/LXT9785E replaces the zeros with selected status bits during the IPG.
Figure 32. RMII Programmable Out-of-Band Signaling
RE FCLK
CRS_DV
status 1
status 0
status 1
status 0
data
data
data
data
data
data
data
data
status 1
status 0
status 1
status 0
status 1
status 0
status 1
status 0
0s
0s
status 1
status 0
RXD(1)
RXD(0)
1. When network activity is detected, the LXT9785/LXT9785E asserts CRS_DV asynchronously with respect
to REFCLK.
2. After CRS_DV is asserted, the LXT9785/LXT9785E zero-stuffs the RxData bits until the received data has
been processed through the FIFO.
3. When network activity ceases, the LXT9785/LXT9785E de-asserts CRS_DV synchronously with respect
to REFCLK. CRS_DV toggles until all data in the FIFO has been processed through the RMII. Once the
FIFO is empty, LXT9785/LXT9785E drives the status bits selected by the Out-of-Band Signaling Register
(refer to Table 98, “RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)” on page 215) on the
Datasheet
157
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
The LXT9785/LXT9785E includes an IEEE 1149.1 boundary scan test port for board level testing.
All digital input, output, and input/output pins are accessible.
4.12.4
4.12.5
4.12.6
4.12.7
Boundary Scan Interface
This interface consists of five pins (TMS, TDI, TDO, TCK and TRST_L). It includes a state
machine, data register array, and instruction register. The TMS and TDI pins are internally pulled
up and the TCK pin is internally pulled down. TDO does not have an internal pull-up or pull-down.
State Machine
The TAP controller is a 16-state machine driven by the TCK and TMS pins. Upon reset, the
TEST_LOGIC_RESET state is entered. The state machine is also reset when TMS and TDI are
High for five TCK periods.
Instruction Register
The IDCODE instruction is always invoked after the state machine resets. The decode logic
ensures the correct data flow to the Data registers according to the current instruction. Valid
instructions are listed in Table 49.
Boundary Scan Register
Each Boundary Scan Register (BSR) cell has two stages. A flip-flop and a latch are used for the
serial shift stage and the parallel output stage. There are four modes of operation as listed in
Table 48. Refer to the Identification Information section in the LXT9785/LXT9785E Specification
Update (document number 249357) for the JTAG ID numbers.
Table 48. BSR Mode of Operation
Mode
Description
1
2
3
4
Capture
Shift
Update
System Function
Table 49. Supported JTAG Instructions
Data
Register
Name
Code
Description
External Test
EXTEST
IDCODE
SAMPLE
High Z
0000 Hex
BSR
FFFE Hex
FFF8 Hex
FFCF Hex
FFEF Hex
FFFF Hex
ID Code Inspection
Sample Boundary
Force Float
ID REG
BSR
Bypass
BSR
Clamp
Clamp
BYPASS
Bypass Scan
Bypass
158
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.13
Cable Diagnostics Overview
Debugging cable problems increases the overall cost of owning and operating a local area network.
Cable Diagnostic tools were incorporated into the LXT9785 device to help customers debug
network cable problems. The Cable Diagnostic tools provide the ability to detect severe cable
problems, such as open and short circuits, and determine the distance to the discontinuity.
4.13.1
Features
The following are three cases to consider for Cable Diagnostics:
• Distance to a short circuit between wires of a single twisted-pair
• An open circuit
• Detection of an improperly terminated cable by the link partner.
An improperly terminated cable will not meet IEEE 802.3 return loss requirements. Register 29 has
been added to control cable testing and report cable testing results.
Cable Diagnostics provides a method to determine the distance to opens and shorts when the link
partner is inactive on the twisted-pair under test. The cable tests produce undefined results if the
link partner is transmitting signals. Implementation methods may vary depending upon the system
use requirements of Cable Diagnostics.
4.13.2
Operation
Cable Diagnostics utilizes the PHY transmit drivers and receivers to test a single twisted-pair. A
transmit pulse is driven down the twisted-pair under test and the reflected signal is analyzed. Link
partners transmitting NLP, FLP, MLT3, or other TDR pulses may interfere with the ability of the
LXT9785 to properly analyze the reflected Cable Diagnostic pulse. Implementation algorithms
must take these potential situations into consideration.
4.13.2.1
4.13.2.2
Short and Long Cable Testing Requirements
Implementing Cable Diagnostic tests, by enabling short and long cable tests sequentially, allows
more accurate measurements to a detected fault. Both tests are necessary to reach full precision.
The short and long cable tests can be run by writing 0x7400h and 0x6C00h to Register 29,
respectively. See Section 4.13.4, “Basic Implementation” on page 160 for implementation details.
Precision
Cable Diagnostics estimates the distance to a fault up to 150 m. Category 5 or better cable produces
the most accurate test results. Less than Category 5 cable may produce less accurate results on long
cable lengths. Cable Diagnostics returns the distance to the closest fault, if a fault is present.
Cable Diagnostic tests report the distance to a cable fault based on the velocity of signal
propagation, which is used to determine the electrical length to the fault. The electrical length may
vary slightly from the physical cable length. The measurement accuracy may vary by +/- 2 m.
The following basic equation is used to calculate the distance to a fault:
Distance_to_Fault = (Reg29[7:0] - 3.5) / 1.16
Datasheet
159
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
4.13.3
Implementation Considerations
Before performing Cable Diagnostics, the twisted-pair to be tested may be verified to be inactive.
All applicable link configurations should be attempted. Cable Diagnostic tests may be started if the
attempts indicate no link partners are active. If link partners are detected, additional tests and
decisions as to next steps may need to be implemented in the cable testing algorithm to ensure the
most accurate results.
Intel recommends that a 100BASE-TX link be attempted with MDI and MDIX enabled
sequentially, prior to performing Cable Diagnostic testing, to determine if a 100BASE-TX-only
link partner is present. If a link partner is in forced 100BASE-TX operation, transmitting MLT3,
the Cable Diagnostic test result will be undefined due to the interference MLT3 causes in
attempting to process the reflected Cable Diagnostic pulse. Auto MDI/MDIX on the link partner
should be accounted for in deriving the cable testing algorithm.
Intel recommends auto MDI/MDIX be disabled when running the cable tests. The transmit and
receive twisted-pairs must be tested one at a time with both short and long cable test suites. The
MDI/MDIX control bits in Table 99, “Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)” on page 216
can be used to select the twisted-pair to be tested. This requirement creates a minimum of four test
permutations that must be completed to determine if the fault exists, the distance to the fault.
If Cable Diagnostics testing is completed using a powered down LXT9785 device as the link
partner, specific results can be expected. The results will indicate an open connection when the
PWRDWN hardware configuration pin is used. These power-down methods disable the internal
termination resistors to create a high impedance connection equivalent to an open circuit.
If Transmit Disable (Register bit 16.13) or software controlled Power-Down (Register bit 0.11) is
used, the powered down device transmit logic will look like an open circuit and the receive circuit
will look like a 100 Ω terminated connection. The Transmit Disable bit and the software Power-
Down bit disable the transmit circuit but do not affect the receive circuit.
The result of Cable Diagnostic tests using an IP Phone indicate an open or a short fault at a gross
approximation of the distance to the IP Phone. The termination resistors are not powered and do
not create a proper termination. The filter circuit used by some manufacturers adversely affects the
test results.
Transmission and reception of packets is disabled when Cable Diagnostics is enabled. Internal
loopback must be disabled for Cable Diagnostics to operate properly. Internal loopback disables
the analog interface.
4.13.4
Basic Implementation
Register 29 is used to control and report the Cable Diagnostics test results. The function tests one
pair of the twisted-pair cable at a time. The basic process flow is described as follows (see
Table 100, “Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)” on page 217 for Register 29 bit
definitions):
1. Disable auto-negotiation by clearing Register bit 0.12, set to MDI by clearing Register bits
27.9:8, and ensure internal loopback is disabled, Register bit 0.14 = 0.
2. Write 0x7400h to Register 29. Setting these bits places the device in short cable Cable
Diagnostics mode and forces link to drop. The device waits a specific amount of time (1.2 s to
1.5 s) to ensure link drops on any connected link partner, and initiates the Cable Diagnostics
test on the selected twisted-pair.
160
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
3. Poll Register bit 29.9. When this bit is set, the test is complete and Register bits 29.7:0 contain
a value used to determine if a cable fault was found and the distance to that fault. A value of
0xFFh indicates no fault was found. Any other value indicates a fault was found, that value
should be stored for later use.
4. Write 0x6C00h to Register 29. Setting these bits places the device in long cable Cable
Diagnostics mode.
5. Poll Register bit 29.9. When set, record the value of Register bits 29.7:0 if a fault is found.
6. If a fault is present, a calculation is used to determine the distance to the fault. Insert the
smallest value recorded from Register bits 29.7:0 in steps 3 and 5 above into the following
formula:
Distance_to_Fault = (Reg29[7:0] - 3.5) / 1.16
Register bit 29.8 is set if the fault is detected as a short circuit and is cleared if the fault is
detected as an open circuit. Register bits 29.12:11 are cleared when read and are cleared during
the same read cycle when Register bit 29.9 is read, indicating a fault condition exists.
7. Normal PHY operation can be resumed by writing 0x4000h to Register 29 or by software or
hardware reset. The test suite can be run again by resuming at step 2 above.
4.14
Link Hold-Off Overview
The PHY link is established as soon as the system platform powers-up. In many cases, the system
platform is not capable of supporting network operation until configuration firmware is loaded. It is
desirable in such cases to prevent the PHY from establishing a link until the system platform is
fully configured and ready for network operation. Link Hold-Off was incorporated into the
LXT9785 device to satisfy these requirements. Enabling Link Hold-Off disables the PHY Link
capability until the system platform is fully capable of supporting network operation. The feature is
enabled by hardware control at power-up or software control during normal operation.
4.14.1
Features
Link Hold-Off prevents the LXT9785 from establishing a link by disabling the analog transmit and
receive capability. The digital capabilities of the PHY are unaffected including register access and
LED operation. Link Hold-Off can be enabled by an external hardware pin for all ports or by
software register access for individual ports. When Link Hold-Off is enabled, the transmitter and
receiver on the selected ports are forced into software power-down mode (see Section 4.5.3,
“Power-Down Mode” on page 126) to block signal activity from establishing a link and passing
packets through the PHY.
The hardware enabled Link Hold-Off is controlled by the LINKHOLD pin. Internal pull-down
resistors hold the pin in the inactive state. Connecting a 5k pull-up resistor to the pin enables the
feature at power-up reset or external hardware pin Reset. Once a PHY port is programmed as
desired, clearing Register bit 0.11 will re-enable that port. Each port must be individually re-
enabled.
When a port is software reset, by setting Register 0.15, the state of the hardware configuration pin
captured by the last hardware or power-up reset determines the default register values for the
specific function for that port. Link Hold-Off, once enabled by hardware configuration, is re-
enabled on a port by issuing a software reset for that port. It is not necessary to reset the entire PHY
or switch system to re-enable Link Hold-Off.
Datasheet
161
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Link Hold-Off software control is enabled or disabled on individual ports by respectively setting or
clearing Register bit 0.11, the power-down bit, during normal operation. It is not required to have
previously enabled Link Hold-Off by hardware configuration.
Link Hold-Off is disabled if the external pin MDDIS is active. The MDDIS pin disables the MDIO
interface required to re-enable normal transmit and receive link operation. MDDIS is intended to
disable the MDIO management interface for unmanaged applications. Internal loopback circuitry
is unaffected in Link Hold-Off mode.
4.14.2
Operation
Link Hold-Off is implemented in one of the following two ways:
• Using a hardware pin at power-up or hardware reset
• Using software control through the MII Management (MDC/MDIO) interface.
Link Hold-Off use by an external hardware pin is as follows:
1. Pull the LINKHOLD pin High with a pull-up resistor (approximately 5 k Ohms).
2. Power up the system or drive the reset pin active.
3. All ports are link disabled.
4. Program all ports to the desired configuration.
5. Clear Register Bit 0.11, power-down for each individual port.
6. Normal operation resumes on each port after Register bit 0.11 is cleared (see Table 83 for the
recovery time).
Link Hold-Off is enabled on a per port basis by software control using the following two methods:
162
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Method One:
This method requires that Link Hold-Off is enabled by the LINKHOLD pin during the last power-
up or hardware reset.
1. Set Register bit 0.15 to reset and re-enable Link Hold-Off for the desired port.
2. Program the PHY to the desired configuration.
3. Clear Register bit 0.11 (power-down) to disable Link Hold-Off.
4. Normal operation resumes.
Method Two:
This method enables Link Hold-Off regardless of the LINKHOLD hardware configuration state.
1. Set Register bit 0.11(power-down) to enable Link Hold-Off for the desired port.
2. Program the PHY to the desired configuration.
3. Clear Register bit 0.11 (power-down) to disable Link Hold-Off.
4. Normal operation resumes.
Note: High is defined by the IO voltage supply level selected (2.5V or 3.3V).
Datasheet
163
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
5.0
Application Information
5.1
Design Recommendations
The LXT9785/LXT9785E is designed to comply with IEEE 802.3 requirements to provide
outstanding receive Bit Error Rate (BER), and long-line-length performance. To achieve maximum
performance from the LXT9785/LXT9785E, attention to detail and good design practices are
required. Refer to the LXT9785 Design and Layout Guide application note for detailed design and
layout information.
5.2
General Design Guidelines
Adherence to generally accepted design practices is essential to minimize noise levels on power
and ground planes. Up to 50 mV maximum of noise is considered acceptable. High-frequency
switching noise can be reduced, and its effects eliminated, by following these simple guidelines
throughout the design:
• Fill in unused areas of the signal planes with solid copper and attach them with vias to a VCC
or ground plane that is not located adjacent to the signal layer.
• Use ample bulk and decoupling capacitors throughout the design (a value of 0.01µF is
recommended for decoupling caps).
• Provide ample power and ground planes.
• Provide termination on all high-speed switching signals and clock lines.
• Provide impedance matching on long traces to prevent reflections.
• Route high-speed signals next to a continuous, unbroken ground plane.
• Filter and shield DC-DC converters, oscillators, etc.
• Do not route any digital signals between the LXT9785/LXT9785E and the RJ-45 connectors at
the edge of the board.
• Do not extend any circuit power and ground plane past the center of the magnetics or to the
edge of the board. Use this area for chassis ground, or leave it void.
5.2.1
Power Supply Filtering
Power supply ripple and digital switching noise on the VCC plane may cause EMI problems and
degrade line performance. The best approach to this problem is to minimize ground noise as much
as possible using good general techniques and by filtering the VCC plane. It is generally difficult to
predict in advance the performance of any design, although certain factors greatly increase the risk
of having problems:
• Poorly-regulated or over-burdened power supplies.
• Wide data busses (32-bits+) running at a high clock rate.
• DC-to-DC converters.
164
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Intel recommends filtering the power supply to the analog VCC pins of the LXT9785/LXT9785E.
This has two benefits. First, it keeps digital switching noise out of the analog circuitry inside the
LXT9785/LXT9785E, helping with line performance. Second, if the VCC planes are laid out
correctly, digital switching noise is kept away from external connectors, reducing EMI problems.
The recommended implementation is to break the VCC plane into two sections. The digital section
supplies power to the VCCD and VCCIO pins of the LXT9785/LXT9785E. The analog section
supplies power to the VCCA pins. The break between the two planes should run underneath the
device. In designs with more than one the LXT9785/LXT9785E, a single continuous analog VCC
plane can be used to supply them all.
The digital and analog VCC planes should be joined at one or more points by ferrite beads. The
beads should produce at least a 100 Ω impedance at 100 MHz. Beads should be placed so that
current flow is evenly distributed. The maximum current rating of the beads should be at least
150% of the current that is actually expected to flow through them. A bulk cap (2.2 -10µF) should
be placed on each side of each bead.
In addition, a high-frequency bypass cap (0.01 µF) should be placed near each analog VCC pin.
5.2.2
Power and Ground Plane Layout Considerations
Great care needs to be taken when laying out the power and ground planes.
• Follow the guidelines in the LXT9785 Design and Layout Guide (formerly Application Note
151) for locating the split between the digital and analog VCC planes.
• Keep the digital VCC plane away from the TPFOP/N and TPFIP/N signals, the magnetics, and
the RJ-45 connectors.
• Place the layers so that the TPFOP/N and TFPIP/N signals can be routed near or next to the
ground plane. For EMI reasons, it is more important to shield TPFOP/N than TPFIP/N.
5.2.2.1
Chassis Ground
For ESD reasons, it is a good design practice to create a separate chassis ground that encircles the
board and is isolated via moats and keep-out areas from all circuit-ground planes and active
signals. Chassis ground should extend from the RJ-45 connectors to the magnetics, and can be used
to terminate unused signal pairs (Bob Smith termination). In single-point grounding applications,
provide a single connection between chassis and circuit grounds with a 2 kV isolation capacitor. In
multi-point grounding schemes (chassis and circuit grounds joined at multiple points), provide
2 kV isolation to the Bob Smith termination.
5.2.3
MII Terminations
Series termination resistors are required on all the SS-SMII output signals driven by the LXT9785/
LXT9785E. Special trace layout consideration should be used when using the SMII interface. Keep
all traces orthogonal and as short as possible. Whenever possible, route the clock and sync traces
evenly between the longest and shortest data routes. This minimizes round-trip, clock-to-data
delays and allows a larger margin to the setup and hold requirements.
5.2.4
Twisted-Pair Interface
Use the following standard guidelines for a twisted-pair interface:
Datasheet
165
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
• Place the magnetics as close as possible to the LXT9785/LXT9785E.
• Keep transmit pair traces as short as possible; both traces should have the same length.
• Avoid vias and layer changes as much as possible.
• Keep the transmit and receive pairs apart to avoid cross-talk.
• Route the transmit pair adjacent to a ground plane. The optimum arrangement is to place the
transmit traces two to three layers from the ground plane, with no intervening signals.
• Improve EMI performance by filtering the TPO center tap. A single ferrite bead rated at 400
mA may be used to supply center tap current to all ports.
5.2.4.1
Magnetic Requirements
The LXT9785/LXT9785E requires a 1:1 ratio for both the receive transformers and the transmit
transformers. The transmit isolation voltage should be rated at 1.5 kV to protect the circuitry from
static voltages across the connectors and cables. The LXT9785/LXT9785E is a current driven
transceiver that requires an external voltage (center tap) to drive the transmit signal. In order to
support the Auto-MDIX functionality of the LXT9785/LXT9785E, the magnetic must provide a
center tap for both the transmit and receive magnetic winding, with both connected to VCCT. See
the LXT9785/LXT9785E Design and Layout Guide (249509-001) for magnetic testing with the
LXT9785/LXT9785E. Before committing to a specific component, designers should contact the
manufacturer for current product specifications, and validate the magnetics for the specific
application. Table 50 provides the magnetics requirements.
Table 50. Magnetics Requirements
Parameter
Min
Nom
Max
Units
Test Condition
Rx turns ratio
–
–
1:1
1:1
0.6
–
–
–
–
Tx turns ratio
–
Insertion loss
0.0
350
–
1.1
–
dB
µH
kV
Primary inductance
Transformer isolation
2
–
Differential to common mode
rejection
40
–
–
dB
.1 to 60 MHz
35
-16
-10
–
–
–
–
–
–
dB
dB
dB
60 to 100 MHz
30 MHz
Return Loss
80 MHz
5.2.5
The Fiber Interface
The fiber interface consists of an LVPECL transmit and receive pair to an external fiber
transceiver. Both 3.3 V fiber transceivers and 5 V fiber transceivers can be used with the LXT9785/
LXT9785E. See the 100BASE-FX Fiber Optic Transceivers-Connecting a PECL/LVPECL
Interface Application Note (document number 250781) for detailed information on fiber interface
designs and recommendations for Intel PHYs.
The following should occur in 3.3 V fiber transceiver applications as shown in Figure 36:
• The transmit pair should be AC-coupled with 2.5 V supplies and re-biased to 3.3 V LVPECL
levels
166
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
• The transmit pair should contain a balance offset in the pull-up resistors to prevent PHY-to-
fiber transceiver crosstalk amplification in power-down, loopback, and reset states (see fiber
interface application note)
• The receive pair should be DC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber transceiver
• The signal detect pin should be DC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber
transceiver
Refer to the fiber transceiver manufacturer’s recommendations for termination circuitry. Figure 36
shows a typical example of an LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V fiber transceiver interface.
The following occurs in 5 V fiber transceiver applications as shown in Figure 37:
• The transmit pair should be AC-coupled and re-biased to 5 V PECL input levels
• The transmit pair should contain a balance offset in the pull-up resistors to prevent PHY-to-
fiber transceiver crosstalk amplification in power-down, loopback, and reset states (see fiber
interface application note)
• The receive pair should be AC-coupled with an emitter current path for the fiber transceiver
and re-biased to 1.2 V
• The signal detect pin on a 5 V fiber transceiver interface should use the logic translator
circuitry as shown in Figure 38.
Refer to the fiber transceiver manufacturer’s recommendations for termination circuitry. Figure 37
shows a typical example of an LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V fiber transceiver interface, while
Figure 38 shows the interface circuitry for the logic translator.
5.2.6
LED Circuit
Each Direct Drive LED has a corresponding open-drain pin. The LEDs are connected through a
current-limiting resistor to a positive-voltage rail. The LEDs are turned on when the output pin
drives Low. The open-drain LED pins are 5 V tolerant, allowing use of either a 3.3 V or 5 V rail (a
2.5 V rail is unlikely to work with standard forward voltage LEDs). A 5 V rail eases LED
component selection by allowing more common, high-forward voltage LEDs to be used. Refer to
Figure 33 for a circuit illustration.
Figure 33. LED Circuit
VLED
R
LEDn_m
Inside Outside
IC
IC
VCCIO < VLED < 5 V + 5%
Datasheet
167
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
5.3
Typical Application Circuits
Figure 34 through Figure 37 on page 171 show typical application circuits for the LXT9785/
LXT9785E. Figure 38 on page 172 shows the interface circuitry for the logic translator.
Figure 34. Power and Ground Supply Connections
SGND
GNDR/GNDT
0.01µF
VCCR/VCCT
10µF
+
Analog Supply Plane
Ferrite
Bead
LXT9785/9785E
Digital Supply Plane
10 µF
+2.5 V
VCCD
GNDD
VCCIO
0.01 µF
0.01 µF
+ 2.5 V
or +3.3 V
+2. 5 V
or +3.3 V
VCCPECL
GNDPECL
0.1 µF
168
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 35. Typical Twisted-Pair Interface
TPFOP
RJ-45
1:1
1:1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
TPFON
TPFIP
50 Ω
50 Ω
50 Ω
LXT9785/9785E
50 Ω
50 Ω
2
50 Ω
TPFIN
.01 µF
* = 0.001 µF /
2.0 kV
* = 0.001 µF /
2.0 kV
VCCT
GNDA
.01µF
0.1µF
1. The 100 Ω transmit load termination resistor typically required is integrated in the LXT9785/
LXT9785E.
2. The 100 Ω receive load termination resistor typically required is integrated in the LXT9785/
Datasheet
169
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 36. Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-3.3 V Fiber Transceiver Interface
Circuitry
+3.3V
+2.5V
+2.5V
0.01µF
− 0.1µF
0.01µF
− 0.1µF
1.4kΩ
1.3kΩ
27Ω
50Ω
50Ω
0.01 µF
TPFONn
TPFOPn
TD -
TD +
0.01 µF
2kΩ
2kΩ
3.3V
LXT9785(E)
Fiber Txcvr
+3.3V
130Ω
SDn
SD
82Ω
1
RD -
TPFINn
TPFIPn
RD +
130Ω
130Ω
SD_2P5V
GNDPECL
3.3V
VCCPECL
1. Refer to the transceiver manufacturers’ recommendations for termination circuitry.
170
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 37. Recommended Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E-to-5 V Fiber Transceiver Interface
Circuitry
+5V
+2.5V
+2.5V
0.01µF
− 0.1µF
0.01µF
− 0.1µF
27Ω
1.15kΩ
1.1kΩ
3.1kΩ
50Ω
50Ω
0.01µF
0.01µF
TPFONn
TPFOPn
TD -
TD +
3.1kΩ
5V
LXT9785(E)
Fiber Txcvr
2
ON Semiconductor*
MC100LVEL92
SDn
SD
PECL-to-LVPECL
Logic Translator
+2.5V
1
0.01µF
− 0.1µF
127Ω
127Ω
0.01µF
0.01µF
RD -
TPFINn
TPFIPn
RD +
118Ω
118Ω
270Ω
270Ω
SD_2P5V
GNDPECL
3.3V
VCCPECL
1. Refer to the transceiver manufacturers’ recommendations for termination circuitry.
2. See Figure 38 on page 172 for recommended logic translator interface circuitry.
Datasheet
171
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 38. ON Semiconductor Triple PECL-to-LVPECL Translator
5V
0.01 µF
0.01 µF
5V
3.3V
ON Semiconductor*
82Ω
130Ω
82Ω
1
2
3
Vcc
Vcc
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
PECL Input
Signal
(5V Fiber
Txcvr)
LVPECL
Output Signal
(LXT9785)
D0
__
D0
Q0
__
Q0
130Ω
VBB PECL
4
5
6
LVCC
D1
__
D1
Q1
__
Q1
3.3V
VBB PECL
7
8
9
LVCC
D2
__
D2
Q2
__
Q2
0.01 µF
3.3V
GND
Vcc
10
130Ω
MC100LVEL92
82Ω
172
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
6.0
Test Specifications
Note: Table 51 through Table 81 and Figure 39 through Figure 62 represent the target specifications of
the LXT9785/LXT9785E. These specifications are not guaranteed and are subject to change
without notice. Minimum and maximum values listed in Table 53 through Table 81 apply over the
recommended operating conditions specified in Table 52.
Table 51. Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Sym
Min
Max
Units
VCCIO, VCCPECL
VCCA, VCCD
TST
-0.3
-0.3
-65
4.0
3.0
V
V
Supply voltage
Storage temperature
+150
ºC
Caution: Exceeding these values may cause permanent damage. Functional operation
under these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions
for extended periods may affect device reliability.
Table 52. Operating Conditions (Sheet 1 of 2)
1
1
Typ
Typ
Parameter
Ambient
Sym
Min
Max
Units
(2.5 VCCIO)
(3.3 VCCIO)
Commercial
Operating
Temperature
TOPA
TOPC
TOPA
TOPC
0
–
–
–
–
70
108
85
ºC
ºC
ºC
ºC
Case
0
Extended
Operating
Temperature
Ambient
Case
-40
-40
123
Analog & Digital
I/O
Vcca, Vccd
Vccio
2.38
2.38
3.14
2.38
–
2.5
2.5
N/A
2.5
2.5
3.3
3.3
N/A
2.63
3.46
3.46
2.63
810
160
410
200
765
90
V
V
Supply voltage2
I/O (SD_2P5V = 0)
I/O (SD_2P5V = 1)
V
VCCPECL
V
ICC
ICCIO
ICC
780
380
710
20
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
100BASE-TX
100BASE-FX
10BASE-T
–
60
90
30
130
170
70
–
ICCIO
ICC
–
–
Operating
Current - RMII3
ICCIO
ICC
–
Power-Down
Mode
Hardware
–
20
ICCIO
–
2
2
3
4
4
mA
ICC
–
–
500
540
4
mA
mA
Auto-Negotiation
ICCIO
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Voltages with respect to ground unless otherwise specified.
3. Values are aggregated for all eight ports.
Datasheet
173
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 52. Operating Conditions (Sheet 2 of 2)
1
1
Typ
Typ
Parameter
Sym
Min
Max
Units
(2.5 VCCIO)
(3.3 VCCIO)
ICC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
800
380
740
50
830
160
410
200
770
130
50
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
100BASE-TX
ICCIO
ICC
70
90
60
130
170
110
100BASE-FX
10BASE-T
ICCIO
ICC
Operating
Current - SMII3
ICCIO
ICC
Power-Down
Mode
Hardware
ICCIO
–
3
5
5
mA
ICC
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
520
800
380
740
30
570
30
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
Auto-Negotiation
100BASE-TX
100BASE-FX
10BASE-T
ICCIO
ICC
20
90
90
90
30
835
200
410
200
780
180
40
ICCIO
ICC
170
170
150
ICCIO
ICC
Operating
Current -
SS-SMII3
ICCIO
ICC
Power-Down
Mode
Hardware
ICCIO
–
3
5
5
mA
ICC
–
–
530
570
80
mA
mA
Auto-Negotiation
ICCIO
50
70
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Voltages with respect to ground unless otherwise specified.
3. Values are aggregated for all eight ports.
Table 53. Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 2.5 V +/- 5%)
1
Parameter
Input Low voltage
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
VIL
VIH
II
–
–
–
–
–
0.75
–
V
V
–
Input High voltage
Input current
1.75
-100
–
–
100
0.2
µA
V
0.0 < VI < VCC
IOL = 4 mA
Output Low voltage
VOL
Output Low voltage (LEDm_n_L
pins)
VOL-LED
VOH
–
–
–
0.5
–
V
V
IOL = 10 mA
IOH = -4 mA
Output High voltage
2.07
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
174
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 54. Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics (VCCIO = 3.3 V +/- 5%)
1
Parameter
Input Low voltage
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
VIL
VIH
II
–
2.0
-100
–
–
–
–
–
0.8
–
V
V
–
Input High voltage
Input current
–
100
0.2
µA
V
0.0 < VI < VCC
IOL = 4 mA
Output Low voltage
VOL
Output Low voltage (LEDm_n_L
pins)
VOL-LED
VOH
–
–
–
0.5
–
V
V
IOL = 10 mA
IOH = -4 mA
Output High voltage
2.4
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
Table 55. Digital I/O DC Electrical Characteristics – SD Pins
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
2.5 V Operation
Input Low voltage
Input High voltage
VIL
0.69
1.34
0.8
1.6
1.03
1.62
V
V
VCCPECL = 2.5 V
VCCPECL = 2.5 V
VIH
3.3 V Operation
Input Low voltage
Input High voltage
VIL
1.49
2.14
1.6
2.4
1.83
2.42
V
V
VCCPECL = 3.3 V
VCCPECL = 3.3 V
VIH
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. For 2.5 V operation, SD_2P5V = VCCPECL and VCCPECL=2.5 V.
3. For 3.3 V operation, SD_2P5V = GNDPECL or Floating and VCCPECL=3.3 V.
Table 56. Required Clock Characteristics
2
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
SMII Input frequency
f
f
–
–
125
50
–
–
–
MHz
MHz
ppm
%
–
RMII Input frequency
–
Input clock frequency tolerance1
Input clock duty cycle1
∆f
Tdc
–
± 50
65
–
35
50
RMII selection
Input clock duty cycle - REFCLK,
TxCLK1
Tdc
Tdc
40
45
50
50
60
55
%
%
SMII/SS-SMII selection
SS-SMII only
Output RxCLK duty cycle
1. Parameter is guaranteed by design; not subject to production testing.
2. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
Datasheet
175
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 57. 100BASE-TX Transceiver Characteristics
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Peak differential output
voltage
VP
0.95
–
1.05
V
Note 2
Signal amplitude symmetry
Signal rise/fall time
Vss
trf
98
3
–
–
–
102
5
%
ns
ns
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
Rise/fall time symmetry
trfs
–
0.5
Offset from 16 ns pulse
width at 50% of pulse
peak
Duty cycle distortion
Overshoot
–
–
–
+/- 0.5
ns
VO
–
–
–
–
5
%
–
–
Jitter magnitude (measured
differentially)
ttx-jit
1.4
ns
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Measured at the line side of the transformer, line replaced by 100Ω (+/-1%) resistor.
Table 58. 100BASE-FX Transceiver Characteristics
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Transmitter
Peak-to-peak differential
output voltage
VDIFFP-P
trf
0.6
–
1.44
–
–
V
–
Note 2
–
Signal rise/fall time
1.8
1.4
ns
ns
Jitter magnitude (measured
differentially)
ttx-jit
–
–
Receiver
Peak differential input
voltage
VIP
VCMIR
VIL
0.55
–
–
–
V
V
V
–
–
–
Common mode input range
Input Low Voltage (SD pins)
–
VCC - 0.5
VCC
-1.84
VCC
-1.63
VCC
-1.04
VCC
-0.88
Input High Voltage (SD Pins)
VIH
V
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. 20 - 80 percent into 100 Ω equivalent load of a typical fiber transceiver.
176
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 59. 10BASE-T Transceiver Characteristics
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Transmitter
Peak differential output voltage
Link transmit period
VOP
–
2.2
8
2.5
–
2.8
24
V
Note 2
–
ms
Jitter magnitude added by the
MAU and PLS sections 3, 4
ttx-jit
–
–
11
ns
–
Receiver
Between TPFIP and
TPFIN
Receive input impedance3
ZIN
–
100
–
W
Link min receive timer
Link max receive timer
TLRmin
TLRmax
2
–
–
7
ms
ms
–
–
50
150
5 MHz square wave
input
Differential squelch threshold
VDS
–
475
–
mV Peak
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Parameter is guaranteed by design; not subject to production testing.
3. IEEE 802.3 specifies maximum jitter addition at 1.5 ns for the AUI cable, 0.5 ns from the encoder, and 3.5
ns from the MAU.
4. After line model specified by IEEE 802.3 for 10BASE-T MAU.
Datasheet
177
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 39. SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t5
t6
SYNC
RxData
TPFI
t1
t2
t3
t4
Table 60. SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
RxData output delay from REFCLK
rising edge
Minimum CL = 5 pF
Maximum CL = 20 pF
t1
t2
t3
1.5
–
–
5
–
ns
ns
RxData Rise/Fall Time
1.0
21
–
Synchronous sampling of
SMII
Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted
–
29
BT2
Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-
asserted
Synchronous sampling of
SMII
t4
–
25
30
BT2
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge
SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge
t5
t6
1.5
1.0
–
–
–
–
ns
ns
–
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
178
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 40. SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
SYNC
t1
t2
TxData
t3
TPFO
Table 61. SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge and
TxData hold from REFCLK rising edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxEN sampled to start of /J/
11
18
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
179
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 41. SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t5
t6
SYNC
RxData
TPFI
t1
t2
t3
t4
Table 62. SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
RxData output delay from REFCLK
rising edge
Minimum CL = 5 pF
Maximum CL = 20 pF
t1
t2
t3
1.5
–
–
1
5
–
ns
ns
RxData Rise/Fall Time
–
Synchronous
sampling of SMII
Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted
–
18
26
BT2
Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-
asserted
Synchronous
sampling of SMII
t4
–
23
27
BT2
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge
SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge
t5
t6
1.5
1.0
–
–
–
–
ns
ns
–
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
180
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 42. SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
SYNC
t1
t2
TxData
t3
TPFO
Table 63. SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
SYNC hold from REFCLK rising edge
and TxData hold from REFCLK rising
edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
TxEN sampled to start of /J/
10
17
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
181
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 43. SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing
REFCLK
t5
t6
SYNC
RxData
TPFI
t1
t2
t3
t4
Table 64. SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
t1
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
RxData output delay from
REFCLK rising edge
Minimum CL = 5 pF
Maximum CL = 20 pF
1.5
–
–
5
ns
RxData Rise/Fall Time
t2
t3
1
–
ns
–
Receive Start-of-Frame to CRS
asserted
–
17
21
BT3
Synchronous sampling of SMII2
Receive Start-of-Idle to CRS
de-asserted
t4
t5
t6
–
17
–
18
–
BT3
ns
Synchronous sampling of SMII2
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising
edge
1.5
1.0
–
–
SYNC hold from REFCLK rising
edge
–
–
ns
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Assumes each SMII segment is sampled for CRS.
3. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
182
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 44. SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
SYNC
t1
t2
TxData
t3
TPFO
Table 65. SMII-10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
SYNC setup to REFCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to REFCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
SYNC hold to REFCLK rising edge and
TxData hold from REFCLK rising edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxEN sampled to start-of-frame
10
14
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
183
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 45. SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
RxCLK
t2
RxSYNC
t3
t3
t3
RxData
TPFI
t4
t5
Table 66. SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK
rising edge
t1
–
1.5
–
ns
–
RxData/RxSYNC output delay
from RxCLK rising edge
Minimum CL = 5pF
Maximum CL = 40pF
t2
t3
t4
1.5
–
–
5
–
ns
ns
RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time
1.0
21
–
–
Receive start of /J/ to CRS
asserted
–
27
BT2
Receive start of /T/ to CRS
de-asserted
t5
–
25
30
BT2
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
184
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 46. SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing
TxCLK
t1
t2
TxSYNC
TxData
t1
t2
t3
TPFO
Table 67. SS-SMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
TxSYNC hold from TxCLK rising edge and
TxData hold to TxCLK rising edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxEN sampled to start of /J/
11
18
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
185
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 47. SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
RxCLK
t2
RxSYNC
t3
t3
t3
RxData
TPFI
t4
t5
Table 68. SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK rising edge
t1
–
1.5
ns
–
RxData/RxSYNC output delay from RxCLK
rising edge
Minimum CL = 5pF
Maximum CL = 40pF
t2
1.5
–
5
ns
RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time
t3
t4
t5
–
–
–
1
–
ns
–
–
–
Receive start of /J/ to CRS asserted
Receive start of /T/ to CRS de-asserted
18
21
23
26
BT2
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
186
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 48. SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing
TxCLK
t1
t2
TxSYNC
TxData
t1
t2
t3
TPFO
Table 69. SS-SMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
TxSYNC hold from TxCLK rising edge and
TxData hold to TxCLK rising edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxData to TPFO Latency
11
13
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
187
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 49. SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
RxCLK
t2
RxSYNC
t3
RxData
t4
t5
TPFI
Table 70. SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
REFCLK rising edge to RxCLK rising
edge
t1
–
1.5
–
ns
–
RxData/RxSYNC output delay from
RxCLK rising edge
Minimum CL = 5pF
Maximum CL = 40pF
t2
t3
t4
1.5
–
–
1
5
–
ns
ns
RxData/RxSYNC Rise/Fall time
–
Synchronous sampling of
SMII2
Receive Start-of-Frame to CRS asserted
–
10
11
BT3
Synchronous sampling of
SMII2
Receive Start-of-Idle to CRS de-asserted
t5
–
18
21
BT3
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. Assumes each SMII segment is sampled for CRS.
3. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
188
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 50. SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing
TxCLK
t1
t2
TxSYNC
TxData
t1
t2
t3
TPFO
Table 71. SS-SMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
TxSYNC setup to TxCLK rising edge and
TxData setup to TxCLK rising edge
t1
1.5
–
–
ns
–
TxSYNC hold to TxCLK rising edge and TxData
hold from TxCLK rising edge
t2
t3
1.0
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxData to TPFO Latency
10
14
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
189
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 51. RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
RxData[1:0]
TPFI
t3
t4
CRS_DV
Table 72. RMII - 100BASE-TX Receive Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER setup to REFCLK
rising edge3
t1
t2
4
2
–
–
14
14
ns
ns
–
–
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER hold from REFCLK
rising edge3
Receive start of /J/ to CRS_DV asserted
Receive start of /T/ to CRS_DV de-asserted
t3
t4
–
–
16
20
21
27
BT2
BT2
–
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2.
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
190
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 52. RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
TxData(1:0)
TPFO
t1
t3
t2
TxEN
Table 73. RMII - 100BASE-TX Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising
edge
t1
4
–
–
ns
–
TxData<1:0>/TxEN hold from REFCLK rising
edge
t2
t3
2
–
–
–
ns
–
–
TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency)
12
17
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
191
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 53. RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
RxData[1:0]
TPFI
t3
t4
CRS_DV
Table 74. RMII - 100BASE-FX Receive Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER setup to
REFCLK rising edge3
t1
t2
4
2
–
–
14
14
ns
ns
–
–
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV, RXER hold from
REFCLK rising edge3
Receive start of /J/ to CRS_DV asserted
Receive start of /T/ to CRS_DV de-asserted
t3
t4
–
–
14
18
18
25
BT2
BT2
–
–
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2.
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
192
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 54. RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
TxData(1:0)
TPFO
t1
t3
t2
TxEN
Table 75. RMII - 100BASE-FX Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising edge
t1
t2
t3
4
2
–
–
–
–
–
ns
ns
–
–
–
TxData<1:0>/TX-EN hold from REFCLK rising
edge
TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency)
10
12
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
193
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 55. RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
RxData[1:0]
TPFI
t3
t4
CRS_DV
Table 76. RMII - 10BASE-T Receive Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV setup to REFCLK rising
edge3
t1
t2
4
2
–
–
14
14
ns
ns
–
–
RxData<1:0>, CRS_DV hold from REFCLK rising
edge3
TPFI in to CRS_DV asserted
t3
t4
1.5
12
3
4
BT2
BT2
–
–
TPFI quiet to CRS_DV de-asserted
15
16
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
3. Values and conditions from RMII Specification, Rev. 1.2.
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
194
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 56. RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing
REFCLK
t1
t2
TxData(1:0)
TPFO
t1
t3
t2
TxEN
Table 77. RMII - 10BASE-T Transmit Timing Parameters
Test
Conditions
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
TxData<1:0>/TxEN setup to REFCLK rising
edge
t1
4
–
–
–
ns
–
TxData<1:0>/TxEN hold from REFCLK rising
edge
t2
t3
2
–
–
ns
–
–
TxEN sampled to TPFO out (Tx latency)
8.5
14
BT2
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. “BT” signifies bit times at the line rate (that is, BT = 100 ns if using 10BASE-T, BT = 10 ns if using
100BASE-TX or 100BASE-FX).
NOTE: The table latency values are derived with the hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL[1:0] set at a
default configuration of 00 (32 bits of initial fill).
Datasheet
195
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 57. Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing
Clock Pulse
Data Pulse
Clock Pulse
TPFOP
t1
t1
t3
t2
Figure 58. Fast Link Pulse Timing
FLP Burst
FLP Burst
TPFOP
t4
t5
Table 78. Auto-Negotiation and Fast Link Pulse Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Clock/Data pulse width
Clock pulse to Data pulse
Clock pulse to Clock pulse
FLP burst width
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
–
–
55.5
111
–
100
–
–
69.5
139
–
ns
µs
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
µs
2
ms
ms
ea
FLP burst to FLP burst
Clock/Data pulses per burst
8
–
24
17
–
33
1. Typical values are at 25 °C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
196
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 59. MDIO Write Timing (MDIO Sourced by MAC)
MDC
t2
t1
MDIO
Figure 60. MDIO Read Timing (MDIO Sourced by PHY)
MDC
t3
MDIO
Table 79. MDIO Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
MDIO setup before MDC, sourced by
STA
t1
10
–
–
ns
–
MDIO hold after MDC,
sourced by STA
t2
t3
10
0
–
–
–
ns
ns
–
–
MDC to MDIO output delay, sourced
by PHY
40
1. Typical values are at 25° C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
Datasheet
197
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 61. Power-Up Timing
v1
VCC
tPDR
MDIO,etc
Table 80. Power-Up Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Voltage Threshold
v1
2.1
100
20
–
–
–
–
–
–
V
–
–
–
Power-up recovery time
Software power-down2
tPDR
tSPDR
ms
ms
1. Typical values are at 25° C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
2. The minimum time required between bringing up consecutive ports powered down by Register bit 0.11, or
a software or hardware reset.
Figure 62. RESET_L Recovery Timing
tPW
RESET
tRcdly
MDIO,etc
Table 81. RESET_L Recovery Timing Parameters
1
Parameter
Sym
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Test Conditions
Reset pulse width
tPW
10
–
–
–
–
ns
–
–
Reset recovery delay
tRcdly
0.4
ms
1. Typical values are at 25° C and are for design aid only; not guaranteed and not subject to production
testing.
198
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
7.0
Register Definitions
The LXT9785/LXT9785E register set includes multiple 16-bit registers, 18 registers per port.
Table 82 presents a complete register listing. Table 83, “Control Register (Address 0)” on page 200
through Table 100, “Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)” on page 217 define
individual registers and Table 101, “Register Bit Map” on page 219 provides a consolidated
memory map of all registers.
Base registers (0 through 8) are defined in accordance with the “Reconciliation Sublayer and
Media Independent Interface” and “Physical Layer Link Signaling for 10/100 Mbps Auto-
Negotiation” sections of the IEEE 802.3 standard.
Additional registers (16 through 21, 25, 27, and 29) are defined in accordance with the IEEE 802.3
standard for adding unique chip functions.
The BGA15 package on some registers has different default values. Some LXT9785 features are
not available on the BGA15 package. These differences are called out in the register description
and in the table notes in individual register tables.
Table 82. Register Set (Sheet 1 of 2)
Address Register Name
Bit Assignments
0
1
2
3
4
“Control Register (Address 0)”
Refer to Table 83 on page 200
Refer to Table 84 on page 201
Refer to Table 85 on page 203
Refer to Table 86 on page 203
Refer to Table 87 on page 204
“Status Register (Address 1)”
“PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2)”
“PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3)”
“Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)”
“Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register
(Address 5)”
5
Refer to Table 88 on page 205
6
7
“Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6)”
Refer to Table 89 on page 206
Refer to Table 90 on page 206
“Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7)”
“Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register
(Address 8)”
8
Refer to Table 91 on page 207
9
10
1000BASE-T/100BASE-T2 Control
1000BASE-T/100BASE-T2 Status
Not Implemented
Not Implemented
15
Extended Status
Not Implemented
16
“Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10)”
“Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11)”
“Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)”
“Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)”
“LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14)”
“Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)”
Reserved
Refer to Table 92 on page 207
Refer to Table 93 on page 209
Refer to Table 94 on page 211
Refer to Table 95 on page 212
Refer to Table 96 on page 213
Refer to Table 97 on page 214
N/A
17
18
19
20
21
22-24
25
“RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)”
Reserved
Refer to Table 98 on page 215
N/A
26
Datasheet
199
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 82. Register Set (Sheet 2 of 2)
Address Register Name
Bit Assignments
27
28
“Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B)”
Refer to Table 99 on page 216
Reserved
N/A
29
“Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D)”
Reserved
Refer to Table 100 on page 217
N/A
30 - 31
Table 83. Control Register (Address 0) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
R/W
SC
0 = Normal operation
1 = PHY reset
15
RESET_L
02
0 = Disable loopback mode
1 = Enable loopback mode
Not recommended to enable auto-negotiation
while in internal loopback operation.
14
13
Loopback
R/W
R/W
0
0.6 0.13
1
1
0
0
1 = Reserved
0 = 1000 Mbps (not allowed)
1 = 100 Mbps
0 = 10 Mbps
Speed Selection
LSHR3,4
Auto-Negotiation
Enable
0 = Disable auto-negotiation process
1 = Enable auto-negotiation process
12
11
R/W
R/W
LSHR3,4
LSHR3,5
0 = Normal operation
1 = Power-down
Power-Down
Isolate
0 = Normal operation
1 = Electrically isolate PHY from RMII/SMII/SS-
10
R/W
0
SMII interfaces
Restart
R/W
SC
0 = Normal operation
1 = Restart auto-negotiation process
9
8
0
Auto-Negotiation
0 = Half-duplex
1 = Full-duplex
Duplex Mode
R/W
LSHR3,4
1. R/W = Read/Write, SC = Self Clearing when operation complete.
2. During a hardware reset, all LHR information is latched in from the pins. During a software reset (0.15), the
LSHR information is not re-read from the pins. This information reverts back to the information that was
read in during the hardware reset. During a hardware rest, register information is unavailable from 1 ms
after de-assertion of the reset. During a software reset (0.15) the registers are available for reading. The
reset bit should be polled to see when the part has completed reset.
3. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
4. Default value of Register bits 0.12, 0.13, and 0.8 are determined by the CFG pins as described in Table 42,
“Global Hardware Configuration Settings” on page 128.
5. Default value of Register bit 0.11 is determined by the LINKHOLD configuration pin.
200
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 83. Control Register (Address 0) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
This bit is ignored by the LXT9785/LXT9785E
7
Collision Test
R/W
0
0 = Disable COL signal test
1 = Enable COL signal test
0.6 0.13
1
1
0
0
1 = Reserved
0 = 1000 Mbps (not allowed)
1 = 100 Mbps
0 = 10 Mbps
Speed Selection
1000 Mbps
6
R/W
R/W
0
5:0
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
000000
1. R/W = Read/Write, SC = Self Clearing when operation complete.
2. During a hardware reset, all LHR information is latched in from the pins. During a software reset (0.15), the
LSHR information is not re-read from the pins. This information reverts back to the information that was
read in during the hardware reset. During a hardware rest, register information is unavailable from 1 ms
after de-assertion of the reset. During a software reset (0.15) the registers are available for reading. The
reset bit should be polled to see when the part has completed reset.
3. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
4. Default value of Register bits 0.12, 0.13, and 0.8 are determined by the CFG pins as described in Table 42,
“Global Hardware Configuration Settings” on page 128.
5. Default value of Register bit 0.11 is determined by the LINKHOLD configuration pin.
Table 84. Status Register (Address 1)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1,2
Default
0 = PHY not able to perform 100BASE-T4
1 = PHY able to perform 100BASE-T4
15
100BASE-T4
R
0
100BASE-X
Full-Duplex
0 = PHY not able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-X
1 = PHY able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-X
14
13
R
R
1
1
100BASE-X
Half-Duplex
0 = PHY not able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-X
1 = PHY able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-X
0 = PHY not able to operate at 10 Mbps in full-duplex
mode
12
11
10 Mbps Full-Duplex
R
R
1
1
1 = PHY able to operate at 10 Mbps in full-duplex
mode
0 = PHY not able to operate at 10 Mbps in half-duplex
10 Mbps Half-Duplex 1 = PHY able to operate at 10 Mbps in half-duplex
mode
100BASE-T2
Full-Duplex
0 = PHY not able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-T2
1 = PHY able to perform full-duplex 100BASE-T2
10
9
R
R
0
0
100BASE-T2
Half-Duplex
0 = PHY not able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-T2
1 = PHY able to perform half-duplex 100BASE-T2
0 = No extended status information in Register 15
1 = Extended status information in Register 15
8
7
Extended Status
Reserved
R
R
0
0
Write as 0, ignore on Read
0 = PHY will not accept management frames with
preamble suppressed
1 = PHY accepts management frames with preamble
suppressed
MF Preamble
Suppression
6
R
0
1. R = Read Only
2. Bits that Latch High (LH) or Latch Low (LL) automatically clear when read.
Datasheet
201
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 84. Status Register (Address 1)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1,2
Default
Auto-Negotiation
complete
0 = Auto-negotiation not complete
1 = Auto-negotiation complete
5
R
0
0 = No remote fault condition detected
1 = Remote fault condition detected
4
3
2
1
0
Remote Fault
R/LL
R
0
1
0
0
1
Auto-Negotiation
Ability
0 = PHY is not able to perform auto-negotiation
1 = PHY is able to perform auto-negotiation
0 = Link is down
1 = Link is up
Link Status
R/LL
R/LH
R
0 = Jabber condition not detected
1 = Jabber condition detected
Jabber Detect
Extended Capability
0 = Basic register capabilities
1 = Extended register capabilities
1. R = Read Only
2. Bits that Latch High (LH) or Latch Low (LL) automatically clear when read.
202
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 85. PHY Identification Register 1 (Address 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
The PHY identifier composed of bits 3 through 18 of the
OUI
15:0
PHY ID Number
R
0013 hex
1. R = Read Only
Table 86. PHY Identification Register 2 (Address 3)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
The PHY identifier composed of bits 19 through 24 of
the OUI
15:10 PHY ID Number
R
011110
Manufacturer’s
9:4
6 bits containing manufacturer’s part number
3 bits containing manufacturer’s revision number
R
R
001111
XXX2
Model Number
Manufacturer’s
3:1
0
Revision
Number
0 = LXT9785
1 = LXT9785/LXT9785E
Model Variant
R
X2
1. R = Read Only
2. Refer to the Identification Information section in the Intel® LXT9785/LXT9785E Specification Update.
Figure 63. PHY Identifier Bit Mapping
a
1
r
s
x
b
2
c
Organizationally Unique Identifier
18 19
24
3
0
0
1
3
9
3
I/G
0
15
0
0
1
15
0
10
4
0
PHY ID Register #1 (Address 2)
PHY ID Register #2 (Address 3)
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
2
B
7
5
0
3
1
0
00
20
7B
Manufacturer's
Model Number
Revision
Number
The Intel OUI is 00207B hex.
Model
Variant
Datasheet
203
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 87. Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (Address 4)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
0 = Port has no ability to send manual next pages
1 = Port has ability to send manual next pages
15
Next Page
R/W
0
Note: This bit should only be set to manually control the auto-
negotiation process. It is not needed and should be cleared
for DTE Discovery.
14
136
12
Reserved
Remote Fault
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R
0
0
0
0 = No remote fault
1 = Remote fault
R/W
R/W
Write as 0, ignore on Read
Pause operation defined in Clause 40 and 27
Asymmetric
Pause
11
10
R/W
R/W
0
0 = Port is not Pause capable
1 = Port can only send Pause
0 = Pause operation disabled
1 = Port can send and receive Pause
Pause5
LSHR2,3
NOTE: Default for the BGA15 package is 0.
0 = 100BASE-T4 capability is not available
1 = 100BASE-T4 capability is available
(The LXT9785/LXT9785E does not support 100BASE-T4 but
allows this bit to be set to advertise in the auto-negotiation
sequence for 100BASE-T4 operation. An external
100BASE-T4 transceiver could be switched in if this
capability is desired.)
9
100BASE-T4
R/W
0
100BASE-TX 0 = Port is not 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable.
Full-Duplex 1 = Port is 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable
8
7
6
5
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
LSHR2,4
LSHR2,4
LSHR2,4
LSHR2,4
100BASE-TX 0 = Port is not 100BASE-TX half-duplex capable
Half-Duplex
1 = Port is 100BASE-TX half-duplex capable
10BASE-T
Full-Duplex
0 = Port is not 10BASE-T full-duplex capable
1 = Port is 10BASE-T full-duplex capable
10BASE-T
Half-Duplex
0 = Port is not 10BASE-T half-duplex capable
1 = Port is 10BASE-T half-duplex capable
<00001> = IEEE 802.3
<00010> = IEEE 802.9 ISLAN-16T
Selector
Field,
S<4:0>
<00000> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development
<11111> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development
Unspecified or reserved combinations should not be
transmitted
4:0
R/W
00001
1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only
2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
3. The default setting of Register bit 4.10 is determined by the PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not
have a Pause hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0.
4. Default settings for bits 4.5:8 are determined by CFG pins as described in Table 42, “Global Hardware
Configuration Settings” on page 128.
5. Pause operation is only valid for full-duplex modes.
6. If Register bit 4.13 is set to advertise a fault, Register bit 1.4 will be set.
NOTE: Restart the auto-negotiation process whenever Register 4 is written/modified.
204
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 88. Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Register (Address 5)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1 Default2
0 = Link partner has no ability to send multiple pages
1 = Link partner has ability to send multiple pages
15
Next Page
R
R
0
0
0 = Link partner has not received Link Code Word from the
the LXT9785/LXT9785E
1 = Link partner has received Link Code Word from the
LXT9785/LXT9785E.
14
Acknowledge
0 = No remote fault
1 = Remote fault
13
12
Remote Fault
Reserved
R
R
0
0
Write as 0, ignore on Read
Pause operation defined in Clause 40 and 27
Asymmetric
Pause
11
R
0
0 = Link partner is not Pause capable
1 = Link partner can only send Pause
0 = Link partner is not Pause capable
1 = Link partner can send and receive Pause
10
9
Pause
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-T4 capable
1 = Link partner is 100BASE-T4 capable
100BASE-T4
100BASE-TX
Full-Duplex
0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable
1 = Link partner is 100BASE-TX full-duplex capable
8
0 = Link partner is not 100BASE-TX capable
1 = Link partner is 100BASE-TX capable
7
100BASE-TX
10BASE-T
Full-Duplex
0 = Link partner is not 10BASE-T full-duplex capable
1 = Link partner is 10BASE-T full-duplex capable
6
5
R
R
0
0
0 = Link partner is not 10BASE-T capable
1 = Link partner is 10BASE-T capable
10BASE-T
<00001> = IEEE 802.3
<00010> = IEEE 802.9 ISLAN-16T
Selector Field
S<4:0>
4:0
<00000> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development
<11111> = Reserved for future auto-negotiation development
Unspecified or reserved combinations shall not be transmitted
R
00000
1. R = Read Only
2. Default value at the start of auto-negotiation code word transmission.
Datasheet
205
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 89. Auto-Negotiation Expansion Register (Address 6)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
15:5
Reserved
Parallel
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R
0x000
0 = Parallel detection fault has not occurred
R/
LH
4
3
2
0
0
1
Detection Fault 1 = Parallel detection fault has occurred
Link Partner 0 = Link partner is not next page able
Next Page Able 1 = Link partner is next page able
R
R
0 = Local device is not next page able
Next Page Able
1 = Local device is next page able
Indicates that a new page has been received and the
received code word has been loaded into Register 5 or
Register 8 as specified in clause 28 of 802.3.
R/
LH
1
0
Page Received
0
0
0 = Three identical and consecutive link code words have
not been received from link partner
1 = Three identical and consecutive link code words have
been received from link partner
Link Partner
A/N Able
0 = Link partner is not auto-negotiation able
1 = Link partner is auto-negotiation able
R
1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read
Table 90. Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (Address 7)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
Next Page
(NP)
0 = Last page
1 = Additional next pages follow
15
14
13
R/W
R
0
0
1
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
Message Page
(MP)
0 = Unformatted page
1 = Message page
R/W
Acknowledge 2
(ACK2)
0 = Cannot comply with message
1 = Complies with message
12
11
R/W
R
0
0
0 = Previous value of the transmitted link code word
equalled logic one
1 = Previous value of the transmitted link code word
equalled logic zero
Toggle
(T)
Message/
10:0 Unformatted
MP = 0: Code interpreted as “unformatted page”
MP = 1: Code interpreted as “message page”
0000000
0001
R/W
Code Field
1. R/W = Read Write, R = Read Only
206
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 91. Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Next Page Receive Register (Address 8)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default2
Next Page
(NP)
0 = Link partner has no additional next pages to send
1 = Link partner has additional next pages to send
15
R
0
0 = Link partner has not received Link Code Word from
the LXT9785/LXT9785E
1 = Link partner has received Link Code Word from the
Acknowledge
(ACK)
14
R
0
LXT9785/LXT9785E
Message Page
(MP)
0 = Page sent by the link partner is an unformatted page
1 = Page sent by the link partner is a message page
13
12
R
R
0
0
Acknowledge 2
(ACK2)
0 = Link partner cannot comply with the message
1 = Link partner complies with the message
0 = Previous value of the transmitted Link Code Word
equalled logic one
1 = Previous value of the transmitted Link Code Word
Toggle
(T)
11
R
R
0
equalled logic zero
Message/
10:0 Unformatted
Code Field
MP = 1: Code interpreted as message page
MP = 0: Code interpreted as unformatted page
0x000
1. R = Read Only
2. Default value at the start of auto-negotiation code word transmission.
Table 92. Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default
15
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R/W
0
0 = Normal operation
1 = Force link pass (sets appropriate registers and LEDs
to pass)
14
Link Disable
R/W
0
Note: Setting this bit in 100 Mbps mode by-passes the
descrambler lock requirement to establish link and forces
the link to the link-good state. Setting this bit produces
unreliable results if the descrambler is not locked,
0 = Normal operation
1 = Disable twisted-pair transmitter
13
Transmit Disable
R/W
0
Bypass Scramble 0 = Normal operation
12
11
R/W
R/W
0
0
(100BASE-TX)
1 = Bypass scrambler and descrambler
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
1. R/W = Read/Write
2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
3. The default value of Register bit 16.0 is determined by the G_FX/TP_L pin.
If G_FX/TP_L is tied Low, the default value of Register bit 16.0 = 0. If G_FX/TP_L is not tied Low, the
default value of Register bit 16.0 = 1. The BGA15 package does not have a G_FX/TP_L hardware
configuration pin.
4. The default value of Register bit 16.5 is determined by the PREASEL pin. The BGA15 package does not
have a PREASEL hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0.
5. The BGA15 package does not support fiber. Default for the BGA15 package is 0.
6. NA means the bits do not have a default value and may initially contain any value.
Datasheet
207
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 92. Port Configuration Register (Address 16, Hex 10) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default
0 = Normal operation
1 = Jabber function is enabled; however, jabber status
Jabber
(10BASE-T)
10
9
R/W
R/W
0
0
reporting to Register bit 1.1 is disabled
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Disable twisted-pair loopback during half-duplex
TP Loopback
(10BASE-T)
8
R/W
1
operation
Note: Valid function in SMII and S-SMII modes only.
7
6
Reserved
Reserved
R/W
R/W
1
0
Write as 1, ignore on Read
Write as 0, ignore on Read
0 = No preamble (default)
10 Mbps 1 = Preamble enabled
NOTE: Default for BGA15 package is 0.
LSHR2,4
N/A
5
Preamble Enable
R/W
100
No effect
Mbps
4
3
Reserved
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R/W
R/W
0
0
Far End Fault
Transmission
Enable
0 = Disable Far End Fault transmission
1 = Enable Far End Fault transmission
2
R/W
1
Invalid for
BGA15
Write as '0', ignore on Read (BGA15).
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
1
0
Reserved
R/W
R/W
0
0 = Select twisted-pair mode for this port
1 = Select fiber mode for this port
Fiber Select5
LSHR2,3
Reserved for
BGA15
Write as '0', ignore on Read (BGA15).
NOTE: Default for BGA15 is 0.
1. R/W = Read/Write
2. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
3. The default value of Register bit 16.0 is determined by the G_FX/TP_L pin.
If G_FX/TP_L is tied Low, the default value of Register bit 16.0 = 0. If G_FX/TP_L is not tied Low, the
default value of Register bit 16.0 = 1. The BGA15 package does not have a G_FX/TP_L hardware
configuration pin.
4. The default value of Register bit 16.5 is determined by the PREASEL pin. The BGA15 package does not
have a PREASEL hardware configuration pin and has a default of 0.
5. The BGA15 package does not support fiber. Default for the BGA15 package is 0.
6. NA means the bits do not have a default value and may initially contain any value.
208
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 93. Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default2
15
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R
0
0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is operating in 10 Mbps
mode
1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is operating in 100 Mbps
14
10/100 Mode
R
0
mode
NOTE: The status is valid for TX and FX operation.
0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is not transmitting a packet
1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is transmitting a packet
R
LH
13
12
Transmit Status
Receive Status
0
0
0 = Packet has not been received since last read
1 = Packet has been received since last read
R
LH
0 = A collision is not occurring
1 = A collision is occurring
R
11
Collision Status
0
LH
NOTE: This bit is set when jabber is detected, regardless
of duplex.
0 = Link is down
1 = Link is up
10
9
Link
R
R
0
0
0 = Half-duplex
1 = Full-duplex
Duplex Mode
0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is in manual mode
1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is in auto-negotiation mode
8
Auto-Negotiation
R
R
Note 3
This signal is based upon Register bit 0.12.
Auto-Negotiation 0 = Auto-negotiation process is not complete
7
6
0
0
Complete
1 = Auto-negotiation process is complete
0 = No FIFO error occurred
1 = FIFO error occurred (overflow or underflow)
R
LH
FIFO Error
0 = Polarity is not reversed
1 = Polarity is reversed
5
Polarity
R
0
NOTE: During 100 Mbps operation, this bit is not valid
and may vary. Auto MDIX activity may increase
the variability.
1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read.
2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that
time. Intel recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset.
3. The default value is determined by the default value of Register bit 0.12.
4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
5. Default values are set by the hardware configuration PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a
Pause hardware configuration pin. The default for the BGA15 package is 0.
Datasheet
209
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 93. Quick Status Register (Address 17, Hex 11) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default2
0 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is not Pause capable
1 = The LXT9785/LXT9785E is pause capable
4
Pause
R
LSHR4,5
NOTE: This bit is not affected by Register bit 4.10.
NOTE: The default for the BGA15 package is 0.
0 = No error occurred
1 = Error Occurred (remote fault, RxERCntFUL, FIFO
error, jabber, parallel detect fault)
3
Error
R
R
0
0
NOTE: The register is cleared when the registers that
generated the error condition are read.
2:0
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read.
2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that
time. Intel recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset.
3. The default value is determined by the default value of Register bit 0.12.
4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
5. Default values are set by the hardware configuration PAUSE pin. The BGA15 package does not have a
Pause hardware configuration pin. The default for the BGA15 package is 0.
210
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 94. Interrupt Enable Register (Address 18, Hex 12)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default
00 =Reserved
01 =Low, 16 bits
RxFIFO Initial
Fill
15:142
R/W
LSHR4,5
10 =Normal, 32 bits (default)
11 = Jumbo packets, 128 bits
When Register bit 16.5 = 1, preamble is
not suppressed.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
10 Mbps
R/W
R/W
0
0
SFD Frame
Alignment3
When Register bit 16.5 = 0, SFD is always
aligned, and preamble is suppressed.
13
(RxDV asserts
with CRS when
enabled)
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
100 Mbps
When enabled, all but one byte of
preamble is suppressed.
12:9
8
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R/W
R/W
0000
0
Mask for Counter Full
CNTRMSK
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
Mask for Auto-Negotiate Complete
7
6
5
4
3
ANMSK
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
Mask for Speed Interrupt
SPEEDMSK
DUPLEXMSK
LINKMSK
ISOLMSK
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
Mask for Duplex Interrupt
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
Mask for Link Status Interrupt
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
Mask for Isolate Interrupt
0 = Do not allow event to cause interrupt
1 = Enable event to cause interrupt
2
1
Reserved
INTEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
Write as 0, ignore on Read
0 = Disable interrupts on this port
1 = Enable interrupts on this port
0 = Normal operation
1 = Test force interrupt on MDINT_L
0
TINT
R/W
0
1. R/W = Read/Write
2. In 10 Mbps operation, Register bit 18.13 = 1 cannot be used when Register bits 18.15:14 = “11” and in
RMII mode, Registers bits 18.15:14 = “11” or “10” cannot be used because the minimum Inter Gap Packet
becomes less than specified in the *IEEE 802.3 specification.
3. SFD Frame Alignment is applicable to SMII and SS-SMII only.
4. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset
5. Default values are set by hardware configuration pins FIFOSEL1 and FIFOSEL0 (see Table 17, “Receive
FIFO Depth Considerations” on page 49).
Datasheet
211
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 95. Interrupt Status Register (Address 19, Hex 13)
Bit
Name
Description
Type 1
Default2
15:9
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
R
0
RxER Counter Full Status.
0 = The internal counters have not reached maximum
8
7
6
RxERCntFUL
ANDONE
R/LH
R/LH
R/LH
0
N/A
0
values
1 = One of the internal counters has reached its maximum
value
Auto-Negotiation Status.
0 = Auto-negotiation has not completed
1 = Auto-negotiation has completed
Speed Change Status.
0 = A speed change has not occurred since last reading
SPEEDCHG
this register
1 = A speed change has occurred since last reading this
register
Duplex Change Status.
0 = A duplex change has not occurred since last reading this
5
DUPLEXCHG register
R/LH
0
1 = A duplex change has occurred since last reading this
register
Link Status Change Status.
0 = A link change has not occurred since last reading this
register
4
3
LINKCHG
Isolate
R/LH
R/LH
0
0
1 = A link change has occurred since last reading this
register
MII Isolate Change Status.
0 = An Isolate change has not occurred since last reading
this register
1 = An Isolate change has occurred since last reading this
register
0 = Interrupt not pending
1 = Interrupt pending
2
MDINT
R/LH
R
0
0
1:0
Reserved
Reserved
1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read
2. The default values are updated on completion of reset and reflect the status or change in status at that
time. Intel recommends that the register status be read on completion of reset.
212
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 96. LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
0000 = Display Speed Status (Continuous, Default)
0001 = Display Transmit Status (Stretched)
0010 = Display Receive Status (Stretched)
0011 = Display Collision Status (Stretched)
0100 = Display Link Status (Continuous)
0101 = Display Duplex Status (Continuous)
0110 = Display Isolate Status (Continuous)
0111= Display Receive or Transmit Activity (Stretched)
1000= est mode- turn LED on (Continuous)
1001= Test mode- turn LED off (Continuous)
1010= Test mode- blink LED fast (Continuous)
1011= Test mode- blink LED slow (Continuous)
LED1
15:12
R/W
0000
Programming
bits
1100= Display Link and Receive Status combined2
(Stretched)3
1101= Display Link and Activity Status combined2
(Stretched)3
1110= Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4
(Stretched)3
1111 = Display Link and RxER Status combined2 (Blink)
0000 = Display Speed Status
0001 = Display Transmit Status
0010 = Display Receive Status
0011 = Display Collision Status
0100 = Display Link Status
0101 = Display Duplex Status
0110 = Display Isolate Status
0111= Display Receive or Transmit Activity
1000= Test mode- turn LED on
1001= Test mode- turn LED off
1010= Test mode- blink LED fast
1011= Test mode- blink LED slow
LED2
11:8
R/W
1101
Programming
bits
1100= Display Link and Receive Status combined2
(Stretched)3
1101= Display Link and Activity Status combined2 (Default)
(Stretched)3
1110= Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4
(Stretched)3
1111= Display Link and RxER Status combined 2 (Blink)
1. R/W = Read/Write
2. Link status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is up.
The secondary LED driver (Receive, Activity, or Error) causes the LED to change state (blink).
3. Combined event LED settings are not affected by Pulse Stretch Register bit 20.1. These display settings
are stretched regardless of the value of 20.1.
4. Duplex status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is full-duplex.
Collision status is the secondary LED driver. The LED changes state (blinks) when a collision occurs.
Datasheet
213
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 96. LED Configuration Register (Address 20, Hex 14) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
0000 = Display Speed Status
0001 = Display Transmit Status
0010 = Display Receive Status
0011 = Display Collision Status
0100 = Display Link Status
0101 = Display Duplex Status
0110 = Display Isolate Status
0111= Display Receive or Transmit Activity
1000= Test mode- turn LED on
1001= Test mode- turn LED off
1010= Test mode- blink LED fast
1011= Test mode- blink LED slow
LED3
7:4
R/W
1110
Programming
bits
1100= Display Link and Receive Status combined2
(Stretched)3
1101= Display Link and Activity Status combined2
(Stretched)3
1110= Display Duplex and Collision Status combined4
(Default) (Blink)3
1111 = Display Link and RxER Status combined 2 (Blink)
00 =Stretch LED events to 30 ms
01 =Stretch LED events to 60 ms
10 =Stretch LED events to 100 ms
11 = Reserved
3:2
LEDFREQ
R/W
00
0 = Disable pulse stretching of all LEDs3
1 = Enable pulse stretching of all LEDs
PULSE-
1
0
R/W
R/W
1
0
STRETCH
NOTE: Receive activity LEDs are initially active based upon
carrier sense.
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
1. R/W = Read/Write
2. Link status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is up.
The secondary LED driver (Receive, Activity, or Error) causes the LED to change state (blink).
3. Combined event LED settings are not affected by Pulse Stretch Register bit 20.1. These display settings
are stretched regardless of the value of 20.1.
4. Duplex status is the primary LED driver. The LED is asserted (solid ON) when the link is full-duplex.
Collision status is the secondary LED driver. The LED changes state (blinks) when a collision occurs.
Table 97. Receive Error Count Register (Address 21, Hex 15)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
A 16-bit counter value indicating the number of times a
Receive Error receive packet with errors occurred. Only one event gets
R/
15:0
0x0000
Count
counted per packet. When maximum count is reached, the
16-bit counter remains full until cleared.
LH
1. R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read
NOTE: Intel recommends reading this register once every time link is established to clear the register.
214
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 98. RMII Out-of-Band Signaling Register (Address 25, Hex 19)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1
Default
BGA15
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
PQFP and BGA23
Reserved for
BGA15
15:0
15:7
R/W
R/W
0x0000
0x000
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
These three bits select which status information is
available on the RxData(1) bit of the RMII bus.
000 = Link
001 = Speed
010 = Duplex
6:4
BIT1
R/W
000
011 = Auto-negotiation complete
100 = Polarity reversed
101 = Jabber detected
110 = Interrupt pending
111 = Reserved
These three bits select which status information is
available on the RxData(0) bit of the RMII bus.
000 = Link
001 = Speed
010 = Duplex
3:1
BIT0
R/W
000
011 = Auto-negotiation complete
100 = Polarity reversed
101 = Jabber detected
110 = Interrupt pending
111 = Reserved
0 = Disable Out-of-Band signaling.
1 = Enable programmable RMII Out-of-Band
signaling. When enabled, Register bits 6:1 specify
which status bits are available on the RMII
RxData data bus.
0
PROGRMII
R/W
0
Note: Out-of-Band signaling is disabled when the
Isolate mode is enabled by setting Register bit 0.10.
1. R/W = Read/Write
NOTE: The BGA15 package does not support RMII operation.
Datasheet
215
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 99. Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type5
Default
15:13
12
Reserved
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
R
N/A
0
R/W
00 =3.3 ns
01 =3.6 ns
10 =3.9 ns
11 = 4.2 ns
Per-Port
Rise Time
Control
11:10
R/W
R/W
LSHR1,2
LSHR1,3
NOTE: Values represent nominal load conditions.
0 = Disable auto MDI/MDIX
1 = Enable auto MDI/MDIX
9
AMDIX_EN
0 = MDI, transmit on pair A (TPFINn/TPFIPn) and receive on
pair B (TPFONn/TPFOPn)
1 = MDIX transmit on pair B (TPFONn/TPFOPn) and receive
on pair A (TPFINn/TPFIPn)
8
7
MDIX
R/W
R/W
LSHR1,4
NOTE: Manual MDI/MDIX selection (This bit is ignored when
Register bit 27.9 = 1).
NOTE: BGA15 does not support the MDIX hardware
configuration.
0 = Disable analog loopback
1 = Enable analog loopback (twisted-pair transmit outputs are
Analog
Loopback
active)
0
NOTE: In fiber mode, SD for the port must be asserted.
DTE Discovery Process Enable.
0 = Disable DTE discovery process
1 = Enable DTE discovery process
6
5
Dis_EN
R/W
R/W
0
0
Restart auto-negotiation after writing to this bit to ensure
proper operation.
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
Power Enable (Requires Auto-Negotiation Enable
Register bit 0.12 = 1).
0 = Remote-Power DTE not discovered; process may not be
complete.
4
Power_EN
R
0
1 = Potential Remote-Power DTE discovered; indication to
turn on power over the cable.
1. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
2. Default values for Register bits 27.11:10 are determined by the TxSLEW pins.
3. Default value for Register bit 27.9 is determined by the AMDIX_EN pin.
4. Default value for Register bit 27.8 is determined by the MDIX pin. BGA15 does not support the MDIX
hardware configuration. The BGA15 default = 0.
5. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read.
6.
216
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 99. Trim Enable Register (Address 27, Hex 1B) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type5
Default
Standard Link Partner Detected.
0 = Standard link partner not discovered; process may not be
complete.
1 = Standard link partner discovered; indication not to turn on
power over the cable.
3
SLP_Det
R, LH
0
Note: This bit is only valid while link is down.
Link Fail Inhibit Timer expiration indicator. Valid only
when SLP_Det = 1.
LFIT
Expired
0 = Link Fail Inhibit Timer has not expired or standard link
partner not discovered
1 = Link Fail Inhibit Timer expired with a standard link partner
2
R, LH
R
0
detected since last register read or link establishment
1:0
Reserved
Write as 0, ignore on Read.
00
1. LSHR = Default value is derived from a single device input pin state or a group of device input pin states as
the pin(s) are latched at startup or hardware reset.
2. Default values for Register bits 27.11:10 are determined by the TxSLEW pins.
3. Default value for Register bit 27.9 is determined by the AMDIX_EN pin.
4. Default value for Register bit 27.8 is determined by the MDIX pin. BGA15 does not support the MDIX
hardware configuration. The BGA15 default = 0.
5. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read Only, LH = Latching High – cleared when read.
6.
Table 100. Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1 Default2
15:14
Reserved
Start-Test
Write as 01, ignore on read
R/W
01
000 = Do not perform cable fault test (Default)
101 = Perform long cable fault test only
110 = Perform short cable fault test only
R/W
LH
13:11
000
Once Register bit 29.9 is set, the Start-Test
bits will clear when read.
Any other combination of the Register bit
settings are reserved and should not be used.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Enable cable diagnostic tests. Forces
10
CD_EN
R/W
0
link to drop.
1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read only, LH = Latching High, cleared when read
2. Recommended default value.
Datasheet
217
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 100. Cable Diagnostics Register (Address 29, Hex 1D) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Bit
Name
Description
Type1 Default2
0 = Testing is still in progress
1 = Testing is complete
R
LH
9
Test_Done
0
The Line Fault Counter and Fault_Type bits
are valid.
0 = Open condition has been detected
1 = Short Condition has been detected
R
LH
8
Fault_Type
0
“FF” if no line fault is found, or
Distance to fault, approximately 1 m * counter
value (refer to Section 4.13, “Cable
Diagnostics Overview” on page 159 for
details).
R
7:0
Line Fault Counter
0x00
LH
(Valid only when Test_Done bit is set.)
1. R/W = Read/Write, R = Read only, LH = Latching High, cleared when read
2. Recommended default value.
218
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Datasheet
219
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
220
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
8.0
Package Specifications
Figure 64. 208-Pin PQFP Plastic Package Specification
208-Pin Plastic Quad Flat Package
• Part Number LXT9785HC, LXT9785EHC,
LXT9785HE
• Commercial Temperature Range (0 °C to 70 °C)
• Extended Temperature Range (-40 °C to +85 °C)
D
D1
Millimeters
Max
Dim
Min
A
-
4.10
-
e
A1
A2
b
0.25
E1
E
3.20
3.60
0.27
30.90
28.30
30.90
28.30
e
0.17
/
2
D
30.30
27.70
30.30
27.70
D1
E
E1
e
θ2
.50 BASIC
L1
L
0.50
0.75
A2
A
L1
q
1.30 REF
θ
0°
5°
5°
7°
A1
θ3
θ2
θ3
16°
16°
b
L
Datasheet
221
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 65. 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specificationss - Top/Side Views (LXT9785BC)
D
D1
Pin A1 corner
Pin A1 I.D.
14.70 REF
E1
E
14.70 REF
45° Chamfer
(4 places)
Top View
A2
A
c
30°
A1
Side View
Seating Plane
241_pkg1.vsd
222
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 66. 241-Ball BGA23 Package Specificationss - Bottom View (LXT9785BC)
Pin A1 corner
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
b
G
H
J
e
K
L
M
N
P
R
T
U
J
e
241 BGA
Bottom View
l
Table 102. 241-Ball BGA23 Package Dimensions
Symbol
Min
Nominal
2.38
Max
Units
Note
A
A1
A2
D
D1
E
2.19
0.50
1.12
2.57
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
0.60
0.70
1.17
1.22
22.90
19.30
22.90
19.30
23.00
19.50
23.00
19.50
23.10
19.70
23.10
19.70
E1
e
1.27 (solder ball pitch)
1.34 REF.
I
J
1.34 REF.
M
b
17 x 17 Matrix
0.60
0.52
0.75
0.56
1.27
0.90
0.60
c
e
All dimensions and tolerances conform to ANSI Y14.5-1982. Dimension is measured at maximum solder ball
diameter parallel to primary datum (-C-). Primary datum (-C-) and seating plane are defined by the spherical
crowns of the solder balls.
Datasheet
223
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 67. 196-Ball BGA15 Package Specs - Top/Side Views (LXT9785MBC)
224
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 68. 196-Ball BGA15 Package – Bottom View (LXT9785MBC )
Datasheet
225
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Table 103. 196-Ball BGA15 Package Dimensions (LXT9785MBC )
Symbol
Min
Nominal
Max
Units
Note
A
A1
A2
D
D1
E
1.62
1.81
0.40
2.00
0.50
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
0.30
0.80
0.85
0.90
14.90
12.80
14.90
12.80
15.00
13.00
15.00
13.00
15.10
13.20
15.10
13.20
E1
e
1.00 (solder ball pitch)
1.00 REF.
1.00 REF.
14 x 14 Matrix
0.40
I
J
M
b
0.50
0.56
1.00
0.60
0.60
c
0.52
e
NOTE: All dimensions and tolerances conform to ANSI Y14.5-1982.Dimension is measured at maximum
solder ball diameter parallel to primary datum (-C-). Primary datum (-C-) and seating plane are
defined by the spherical crowns of the solder balls.
226
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
9.0
Ordering Information
Table 104. Product Information
Number
Revision
Qualification
MM Number
Ship Media
HBLXT9785HC.D0 853353
HBLXT9785HC.D0 853355
FWLXT9785BC.D0 853308
FWLXT9785BC.D0 853312
HBLXT9785EHC.D0 853334
HBLXT9785EHC.D0 853335
FWLXT9785EBC.D0 853300
FWLXT9785EBC.D0 853304
HBLXT9785HE.D0 853357
HBLXT9785HE.D0 853363
GDLXT9785MBC.D0 854705
GDLXT9785MBC.D0 854707
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
D0
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
853353
853355
853308
853312
853334
853335
853300
853304
853357
853363
854705
854707
Tray
Tape & reel
Tray
Tape & reel
Tray
Tape & reel
Tray
Tape & reel
Tray
Tape & reel
Tray
Tape & reel
Datasheet
227
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
LXT9785 and LXT9785E Advanced 8-Port 10/100 Mbps PHY Transceivers
Figure 69. Ordering Information - Sample
9785
B
C
D0
S
E001
FW
LXT
Build Format
= Tray
= Tape and reel
E000
E001
Qualification
= Pre-production material
= Production material
Q
S
Product Revision
= 2 Alphanumeric characters
xn
Temperature Range
= Ambient (0 - 55° C)
= Commercial (0 - 70° C)
= Extended (-40 - +85° C)
A
C
E
Internal Package Designator
= LQFP
L
= PLCC
= DIP
= PQFP
= QFP with heat spreader
= TQFP
P
N
Q
H
T
= BGA (PBGA or array molded BGA)
= CBGA
= BGA (Die down, thermally enhanced)
= HSBGA (BGA with heat slug)
B
C
E
K
xxxxx1
= 3-5 Digit Alphanumeric Product Code
IXA Product Prefix
= PHY layer device
= Switching engine
= Formatting device (MAC)
= Network processor
LXT
IXE
IXF
IXP
Intel Package Designator
= LQFP
= TQFP
DJ
FA
FL
GD
FW
HB
HD
HF
HG
S
= PBGA (<1.0 mm pitch)
= PBGA (1.0 mm pitch)
= PBGA (1.27 mm pitch)
= QFP with heat spreader
= QFP with heat slug
= CBGA
= SOIC
= QFP
= TBGA
= PLCC
GC
N
B3408-01
1. LXT9785 = Nominal device
LXT9785E = DTE detection feature
LXT9785MBC = 196 ball BGA with DTE detection feature
228
Datasheet
Document Number: 249241
Revision Number: 009
Revision Date: April 30, 2004
相关型号：
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明